The Indonesian Way

Module 5 – An Interview for a Job

George Quinn & Uli Kozok

5

License“The Indonesian Way” by George Quinn and Uli Kozok is licensed under a Creative Commons“Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International (CC BY-NC-SA 4.0)” license.

Under the license you are free to:● Share — copy and redistribute the material in any medium or format● Adapt — remix, transform, and build upon the material

Under the following terms:

➢ Attribution — You must give appropriate credit, provide a link to the license, and indicate if changes were made. You may do so in any reasonable manner, but not in any way that suggests the licensor endorses you or your use.

➢ NonCommercial — You may not use the material for commercial purposes.➢ ShareAlike — If you remix, transform, or build upon the material, you must distribute

your contributions under the same license as the original.

Please note that the license covers the text and the sound files, but excludes the illustrations.

Date of Last Revision: 28 April 2016

The development of “The Indonesian Way” was sponsored by grant P017A090375-10 from the US Department of Education, International Research and Studies Program.The development of the print version was made possible by a grant received from the University of Tasmania.

Indonesian Online

«The Indonesian Way» is a great resource for learning Indonesian. However, once in a while itmay be good to use some alternative materials. At «Indonesian Online» you will find additionallearning resources using authentic texts, film, and even comic strips. Most materials at «Indone-sian Online» were developed by Prof. U. Kozok, who is co-author of «The Indonesian Way».

«Indonesian Online» provides you with hundreds of hours of high-quality learning resources forthe Indonesian language.

http://indonesian-online.com

Module 5

An Interview for a Job

The main aim of Module 5 is to provide you with the vocabulary, sentence shells and culturalskills that will enable you to talk about education and work, ask and answer questions aboutthese topics, and express a variety of opinions about them. The module will also help you consol-idate the skill studied in Module 4 of engaging in debate. By reading a short story and a numberof shorter reading passages you will make a start on the development of reading skills.

There is special emphasis in the module on gaining a command of verbs that begin with theme- prefix. You will learn the names of occupations and subjects of study. You will also get morepractice in expressing opinions and preferences. The module provides some basic informationabout Indonesia’s education system. It will show you how to use an Indonesian dictionary andhow to format a business letter. You will also learn how to pronounce the letters of the alphabetand you will get to know a number of very commonly used abbreviations.

In the culminating role play you will practise taking part in an interview for a job.

Indonesian Online

«The Indonesian Way» is a great resource for learning Indonesian. However, once in a while itmay be good to use some alternative materials. At «Indonesian Online» you will find additionallearning resources using authentic texts, film, and even comic strips. Most materials at «Indone-sian Online» were developed by Prof. U. Kozok, who is co-author of «The Indonesian Way».

«Indonesian Online» provides you with hundreds of hours of high-quality learning resources forthe Indonesian language.

http://indonesian-online.com

1

Lesson 60

Tentang Kata Kerja

Aims

• To provide some basic information on the verb system of Indonesian, focusing on transitive verbs and giving practice in the analysis and formation of transitive verbs.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

memakai to use, wear menunggu to waitmembantu to assist merusak to damage, destroymemelihara to take care of menolong to helpmengajar to teach ujian examinationmenjadi to be, to become

Rambu di Jalan Raya Bahasa

An Overview of Indonesian VerbsProbably no feature of Indonesian is more difficult for foreign learners

than verbs, so at this point we are going to pause to take stock of whathas already been presented on verbs, and we will add more informationabout them.

The discussion that follows is a little technical in places, but don’tworry if you don’t take it all in at first reading. It is given here more forthe sake of completeness than because it is absolutely essential for

mastering the language. After all, there are well over 200 million Indonesians who speak their lan-guage perfectly, mostly without any self-aware knowledge of its grammar, and in theory you cantoo. Nevertheless, many students of Indonesian do find that an understanding of the grammaticalsystem can sometimes help improve fluency, correctness and expressiveness. But knowledge ofthe grammatical system of a language can only complement and never substitute for accurate im-itation of models and memorable repetition as tools for the attainment of practical correctnessand fluency.

You have already noticed that words in Indonesian are either single, indivisible forms (singlemorphemes or free morphemes) that stand on their own and don’t change their form, or they are“divisible” and can be broken up into a base word and one or more affixes (multiple morphemes).

60

Lesson 60

Some examples of the former category — the “nude” words of Indonesian — are:mau, makan, rumah, kuning, pandai, telepon, mobil, pensil, komputer

Examples of the latter category — the “clothed” words of Indonesian — are:berjalan, makanan, buah-buahan, membaca, perpustakaan, menarik

The words above belong to various parts of speech: nouns, verbs and adjectives. In this lessonwe are looking for the moment at verbs only.

So far you have met three kinds of verb:

1. Helper verbs or auxiliary verbs

These are verbs that sometimes occur on their own, but more usually occur immediately infront of another verb. They function to give an extra dimension of meaning to the second verb, es-pecially by showing some aspect of how the doer of the action does the action or relates to theaction expressed in the second verb. Examples of helper verbs are:

dapat, suka, boleh, bisa, mau, mulai, ingin, harus, ikut, pandaiHelper verbs have only one form, and they never change form. So they are “nude” words, or

single indivisible morphemes.Study these examples. The helper verbs are in italics.

Kami suka makan di Rumah Makan Kartika.We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant.Apakah Ibu Prawoto ikut makan nanti malam?Is Mrs Prawoto going to join us for dinner tonight?Maaf, saya kurang pandai menulis dalam bahasa Cina.Sorry, I’m not really very good at writing in Chinese.Mereka tidak dapat datang.They can’t come.Biasanya mahasiswa tidak mau masuk kuliah pada malam hari.Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night.Saya sudah mulai belajar Ilmu Kimia.I have begun to study Chemistry.

2. Intransitive verbs.

I suppose you could say that an intransitive verb is one that “looks back” in the sense that itrelates back to the doer of the action and not to anyone or anything else. In other words it signi-fies an action that is done by someone or something, but it is not done to anyone or anything. Anexample of an intransitive verb in English is the verb “to die”. You can say:

“She died.”But you cannot say:

*“She died her husband.”Intransitive verbs take several forms in Indonesian. Some are single morphemes, others have

prefixes. Some examples of single-morpheme intransitive verbs are:

Lesson 60

setuju, mandi, tidur, bangun, pergi, datang, terbang, masuk, duduk, kawin

Other intransitive verbs consist of a base word plus an affix. The most common affix on in-transitive verbs is the prefix ber-, in fact most (but not all) words that have a ber- prefix on themare intransitive verbs.

berjalan, berhenti, beristirahat, berubah, berlibur, bermain, berbicara

A complicating factor here is that sometimes the ber- prefix is dropped, especially if you arespeaking rapidly or informally. Compare these pairs of sentences. Each pair has basically thesame meaning and both sentences are 100% correct, but the first is formal and the second in-formal.

Saya ingin berjalan kaki saja.Aku kepengin jalan kaki aja.I’d prefer to just walk.Sesudah beristirahat dia mandiSesudah istirahat dia mandi.After taking a rest she had a bath.Pada hari Sabtu pagi biasanya saya bermain golf.Sabtu pagi biasanya aku main golf.I usually play golf on Saturday mornings.

There are also some intransitive verbs that have a me- prefix. You have already met one or twoof them.

Apakah Anda pandai menyanyi? Di mana Anda mengajar?Are you any good at singing? Where do you teach?

Katanya mereka akan menikah.I’ve heard they’re going to get married.Gunung Merapi meletus kemarin.Mount Merapi erupted yesterday.

Lesson 60

3. Transitive verbs

If an intransitive verb is one that “looks back”, a transitive verb is one that “looks forward” inthe sense that it signifies an action that is done to someone or something.

You have seen that the English verb “to die” is intransitive. An example of a transitive verb inEnglish is “to fell”. In English you can say:

“She felled the tree.”But unlike “She died” we cannot say:

*“She felled.”Actually, verbs like “to fell” are a bit of a rarity in English. As you can see, it cannot be intransit-

ive. But most verbs in English can be either transitive or intransitive, and what’s more they lookthe same whether they are transitive or intransitive. Take, for example, the verb “to stop”. You cansay:

“The bus stopped.”Here the verb “to stop” is intransitive because it is simply signifying an action and it is “looking

back” at the doer of the action, the bus. But “to stop” can also be used transitively.“He thought he could get away with it, but I stopped him.”

In the latter sentence the verb “to stop” is looking forward, indicating that something was doneto “him”. So far so good. Now let’s turn to transitive verbs in Indonesian.

In this module we are concerned with transitive verbs that have a me- prefix on the front ofthem.

If a verb has a me- prefix this indicates two things. First, the verb is most likely transitive (thenumber of intransitive me- verbs is relatively small). So it has a receiver (often called the goal). Thereceiver is on the receiving end of the action expressed in the verb. Second, there is an emphasis,or focus, in the sentence on the doer of the action, often called by grammarians the actor. Whatthis means is, in a subtle way, the doer of the action is in clear focus in the mind of the speaker,whereas the receiver of the action is a bit vague. Take this example.

Pak Sukamtono memukul anjing.Mr Sukamtono hit the dog.

In this sentence it is clear who the doer of the action is. In the context of the “text” from whichthis sentence has been lifted, we can assume that there has been previous mention of PakSukamtono. The speaker knows who he is. He is in sharp, unambiguous focus. But the receiver ofthe action (anjing) is not so clear. Yes, we know it is a dog, but one dog? ... or dogs in general? ...or any old dog? ... or a particular dog? It is not so clear.

So this sentence has a focus on the hitter of the dog, the doer of the action. The grammar ofIndonesian requires this “actor focus” to be expressed by attaching a me- prefix to the front of thebase form of the transitive verb.

The transitive verb here is -pukul (to hit). In its actor focus form this verb assumes the formmemukul. You will see that the me- prefix seems to “fuse” with the base word pukul, meltingthe /p/ of -pukul and turning it into a nasal sound, an /m/. This nasal sound takes a variety offorms, but grammarians usually represent it generically with a capital “N” (standing for “nasalisedassimilation”). So in grammatical descriptions the me- prefix, when it is written on its own, is usu-ally written meN-, where /N/ could be any one of four nasalised consonant sounds, /m/, /n/, /ny/and /ng/, depending on the first sound in the base form of the verb.

Lesson 60

You have already met and used some actor focus transitive verbs. Study these examples. Thetransitive verb is in italics.

Saya suka menonton televisi.I like watching televisionDia akan mengambil uang di bank.She’s going to get some money at the bank.Saya selalu membeli surat kabar.I always buy a newspaper.Kami tidak melihat Anda di pasar.We didn’t see you at the market.Katanya, Pak Hasan sudah menulis buku.I’ve heard that Mr Hasan has written a book.Anda harus dapat memakai kata kerja dengan baik.You’ve got to be able to use verbs properly.Sebaiknya mencuci pakaian sebelum siang hari.It’s best to wash clothes before the middle of the day.

The verbs in these sentences consist of a prefix and a base word. The prefix fuses, or “assimil-ates”, to the base word in some way. So the verbs can be analysed as follows.

menonton consists of meN- + -tontonmengambil consists of meN- + -ambilmembeli consists of meN- + -belimelihat consists of me- + -lihatmenulis consists of meN- + -tulismemakai consists of meN- + -pakaimencuci consists of meN- + -cuci

Some base words that begin with “m” often (a few verbs even always) avoid attaching the ini-tial meN- prefix when they function as a transitive verb. The most common of these are minta,minum, makan, mohon, mulai, and masak:

Biasanya mereka makan nasi goreng pada pagi hari. (not memakan)They usually have fried rice for breakfast.Boleh saya minta teh? (usually minta but sometimes meminta)Could you give me some tea? (Literally: “May I request tea?”)Apakah Anda mau minum kopi? (not meminum)Would you like to drink coffee?Dia mulai perjalanannya di Padang. (also fairly commonly memulai)She began her journey in Padang.Mereka tidak mau mohon maaf. (usually mohon but sometimes memohon)They didn’t want to apologise. (Literally: “to ask for forgiveness”)Dia masak ayam dan sayur-sayuran. (sometimes memasak)She cooked chicken and vegetables.

Lesson 60

The meN- prefix is attached or assimilated to the base word in a variety of ways depending onthe initial sound in the base word. Let’s review this briefly. Here are the main rules.

1. If the base word begins with a vowel, the meN- prefix is fused on to the base word with a/ng/ sound. For example:

-ambil ð mengambil (to take)-ajar ð mengajar (to teach)

2. If the base word begins with the consonant /b/ the meN- prefix is fused on to it with thesound /m/. For example:

-buka ð membuka (to open)-baca ð membaca (to read)-bawa ð membawa (to bring, carry)-buat ð membuat (to make)-beli ð membeli (to buy)-bantu ð membantu (to assist)

3. If the base word begins with the consonant /p/ the meN- prefix is fused on with thesound /m/. In addition, the /p/ in the base word merges with the prefix and disappears. For ex-ample:

-pakai ð memakai (to use, wear)-pilih ð memilih (to choose, select)-panggil ð memanggil (to call, summon)-pelihara ð memelihara (to nourish, take care of, keep)-pimpin ð memimpin (to lead, guide)

BUT NOTE this common exception: -punyai ð mempunyai (also note that punya never be-comes *memunya!. You can only use punya or the more formal variant mempunyai).

4. If the base word begins with the consonants /d/, /j/ or /c/ the meN- prefix is fused on to itwith the sound /n/. For example:

Lesson 60

-dapat ð mendapat (to get, obtain)-dengar ð mendengar (to hear)-cari ð mencari (to search, seek)-coba ð mencoba (to try, endeavour)-cuci ð mencuci (to wash)-jual ð menjual (to sell)-jadi ð menjadi (to become)

5. If the base word begins with the consonant /t/ the meN- prefix is fused on to it with thesound /n/. In addition the initial /t/ of the base word merges with the prefix and disappears. Forexample:

-tarik ð menarik (to pull, attract, attractive, interesting)-tutup ð menutup (to close)-terima ð menerima (to receive)-tulis ð menulis (to write)-tolong ð menolong (to help)-tunggu ð menunggu (to wait)

6. If the base word begins with the consonants /g/ or /h/ the meN- prefix fuses on to it with thesound /ng/. For example:

-goreng ð menggoreng (to fry)-hitung ð menghitung (to count)

7. If the base word begins with the consonant /k/ the meN- prefix fuses on to it with thesound /ng/. In addition the initial /k/ of the base word merges with the prefix and disappears. Forexample:

-kirim ð mengirim (to send)-katakan ð mengatakan (to say)

8. If the base word begins with the consonant /s/ the meN- prefix is fused on to it with a /ny/sound. In addition the /s/ sound in the base word merges with the prefix and disappears. For ex-ample:

-simpan ð menyimpan (to store, file)-senangkan ð menyenangkan (to please, pleasant)

9. If the base word begins with the consonants /l/, /m/, /n/, /r/, /w/ and /y/ the meN- prefix at-taches straight on the front end of the base word without any assimilation or “glue”. For example:

-lihat ð melihat (to see)-mulai ð memulai (to start)-nikah ð menikah (to marry)-rasa ð merasa (to feel)-wakili ð mewakili (to represent)-yakinkan ð meyakinkan (to convince, convincing)

Mohon Perhatian!!

The prefix ber-, which is usually a marker of an intransitive verb, attaches directly onthe front of a base word without any assimilation or fusion. Here are some examples:

-ubah ð berubah -asal ð berasal-temu ð bertemu -dansa ð berdansa

Lesson 60

-belanja ð berbelanja -henti ð berhenti-cakap-cakap ð bercakap-cakap

But in a few special cases some assimilation takes places. The /r/ in ber- may change to /l/ ordisappear altogether. For example:

-ajar ð belajar-kerja ð bekerja-renang ð berenang

Mohon Perhatian!!

Sometimes a base word may even have yet another affix on it. One example that has appearedalready in the course is the verb memperbaiki (to “make good” i.e. to repair). This is built up fromthe adjective baik (good) that produces the base word –perbaiki to which the me- prefix can be at-tached.

Indonesian is an agglutinative language in which complex affixation plays an important role, notonly in the verb system, but in other parts of speech too. Informal and slangy speech often radic-ally simplifies – even eliminates altogether – this affixation, but for a sophisticated command ofthe formal language you need to get used to manipulating affixes easily and automatically.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. memakai a. to help someone, to assist2. membantu b. to keep (as a pet, domestic animal)3. memelihara c. to use or wear something4. menjadi d. examination (in school/academic sense)5. menunggu e. to wait for (something/someone)6. merusak f. to become, to be7. tolong g. please (help me)8. ujian h. to damage or destroy something

Lesson 60

Latihan 2—Menyimak

Listen to Sound File 060-01. The sentences below are out of order. Order them in accord with the order in the sound file.

Is Mrs Prawoto going to join us for dinner tonight?

They can’t come.

1 We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant.

Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night.

Sorry, I’m not really very good at writing in Chinese.

Are you any good at singing?

I have begun to study Chemistry.

He enjoys cooking.

I’ve heard they’re going to get married.

They didn’t want to apologise.

These children can’t read or write yet.

She cooked chicken and vegetables.

She began her journey in Padang.

They usually have fried rice for breakfast.

Latihan 3—Base Words

For each word, write the base word. For example, the base word for memukul is pukul.

menerima membukamengantar membacamengatur membawamenggoreng membuatmenghitung membelimengirim membantumengisi memakaimenutup memilihmenyimpan memanggilmengambil memeliharamengajar memimpin

Lesson 60

Latihan 4—The me(N) Prefix

For each base word, write the word with the meN- prefix. For pukul, write memukul.

ambil cariajar senangkanjual tolongcoba panggildengar terimalihat tutupsimpan pimpinbaca pilihbuat peliharadapat cucirasa rusakgoreng tarikbantu tulisbeli tunggubawa hitungkirim jadikatakan pakai

Latihan 5—Rangkai Kata

Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti:

1. “Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night.”Biasanya—kuliah—mau—ikut—pada—malam—tidak—mahasiswa—hari.

2. “We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant.”Kami—di—Restoran—makan—suka—Kartika.

3. “She’s going to get some money at the bank.”Dia—mengambil—di—uang—akan—bank.

4. “It’s best to wash clothes before the middle of the day.”Sebaiknya—mencuci—pakaian—siang—sebelum—hari.

5. “They usually have fried rice for breakfast.”Biasanya—pada—goreng—makan—mereka—pagi—nasi—hari.

Lesson 60

Latihan 6—Me(N)- Prefix I

In the space in each sentence write a verb with a properly attached meN- prefix. The base form of the verb is given in brackets at the end of the sentence. For example, if the base word is beli, write membeli in the blanks.

1. Sebelum pergi ke pesta, dia ___________ pakaian baru. [beli]

2. Dia tidak ___________ komputer. Dia ___________ pena atau pensil. [pakai]

3. Mengapa teman saya tidak ___________ surat? [tulis]

4. Ia ___________ bahwa ibunya sedang sakit. [katakan]

5. Tadi ia pergi ke kantor pos untuk ___________ surat kepada ibunya. [kirim]

6. Maaf, saya belum ___________ kursi di kamar duduk. [atur]

7. Tolong, Pak! Apakah Bapak bisa ___________ uang ini? [hitung]

8. Dia ___________ sedih sesudah pulang dari ujian. [rasa]

9. Sukartini sudah ___________ uang itu di bank. [simpan]

10. Pak Bintoro sudah tidak lagi ___________ matematika sekarang. [ajar]

11. Mereka ___________ saya ke perpustakaan. [antar]

12. Apakah Anda sudah ___________ uang dari kantor? [terima]

13. Yulie tidak mau ___________ polisi. Dia mau ___________ guru. [jadi]

14. Mau makan? Baik! Saya akan ___________ telur untuk Anda. [goreng]

15. Mereka pergi ke sana, tetapi mereka tidak ___________ apa-apa. [lihat]

16. Sudah jam sembilan! Mengapa Anda belum ___________ piring? [cuci]

17. Kita tidak boleh ___________ hutan dan sungai. [rusak]

18. Saya akan ___________ pintu depan. Dingin! [tutup]

19. Apakah Anda dapat ___________ saya? [tolong]

20. Kami sudah ___________ Anda selama tiga jam! [tunggu]

Lesson 60

Latihan 7—Me(N)- Prefix II

Fill the blanks in each group of sentences with one of the me- verbs listed below so that youproduce sentences that make good sense. There are ten verbs listed, one for each group of sentences. To complete the exercise correctly make sure you have a good understanding of each sentence so that you choose the right me- verb to complete it: memakai—memanggil—memukul—mengantar—menerima—mengatakan—mengirim—menggoreng—menutup—menyimpan

1. Dalam suratnya ia ___________ bahwa uangnya sudah habis. Tetapi ia tidak _____ bahwa ia ingin pulang.

2. Dia tidak suka alat-alat modern. Dia masih ___________ pena dan pensil. Dia tidak mau

___________ komputer atau HP!

3. Mengapa, hah? Mengapa Anda ___________ anak itu? Saya tidak setuju. Anda tidak boleh ___________ anak kecil!

4. Pagi hari saya ___________ mereka ke Borobudur. Siang hari saya ___________ mereka ke

Prambanan. Tetapi tidak ada waktu untuk ___________ mereka ke Parangtritis.

5. Andi ___________ pintu depan dan pintu belakang tetapi dia tidak ___________ jendela. Nah...penjahat itu masuk lewat jendela.

6. Saya selalu hati-hati. Saya ___________ uang di bank. Saya tidak pernah ___________ uang di

bawah tempat tidur.

7. Ibu Danoyo sedang sedih. Dia ___________ hadiah dari kakaknya, adiknya, anaknya dan te-mannya. Tetapi ia tidak ___________ hadiah dari suaminya.

8. Aduh! Orang tua saya ___________ surat dengan banyak berita, tetapi mereka tidak

___________ uang.

9. Anda boleh saja ___________ daging ayam itu, tetapi jangan ___________ sayur-sayuran!

10. Saya masih muda. Mengapa Anda ___________ saya ‘Ibu’? Lebih baik Anda ___________ saya Yanti saja.

Lesson 60

Latihan 8—Auxiliary (Helper) Verbs

These are verbs that sometimes occur on their own, but more usually occur immediately infront of another verb. They function to give an extra dimension of meaning to the second verb, es-pecially by showing some aspect of how the doer of the action does the action or relates to theaction expressed in the second verb. Match each Indonesian word to the English definition.

ingin to like mau to be good at

suka can, able to dapat to come along, follow

bisa to begin ikut to want

harus to wish/want pandai may

mulai must, have to boleh can

Latihan 9—Kata Kerja Intransitif

Intransitive verbs take several forms in Indonesian. Some are single morphemes, others haveaffixes. The most common affix on intransitive verbs is the prefix ber-. In fact most words thathave a ber- prefix on them are intransitive verbs. Match each Indonesian word to the Englishdefinition.

setuju to take a bath duduk to sit, to sit down

mandi to sleep kawin to get/be married

tidur to wake up berjalan to stop

bangun to go (away) berhenti to play

pergi to come beristirahat to walk, travel, to go

datang to agree bermain to speak

terbang to fly berbicara to rest, to take a break

masuk to enter

Latihan 10—Kosa Kata

Match Indonesian word or phrase with English definition.

1. berganti a. to hit something/someone2. berubah b. to change, to evolve3. kata kerja c. to receive or accept something4. memukul d. a verb5. menerima e. to substitute, replace, alter

Lesson 60

6. mengantar f. to send something7. mengatur g. to fry something8. menggoreng h. to count something9. menghitung i. to fill something

10. mengirim j. to arrange something11. mengisi k. to get married12. menikah l. to ask someone for s.th. (respectfully)13. menutup m. to take/accompany someone somewhere14. menyimpan n. to feel (an emotion)15. merasa o. to shut or close something16. mohon p. sad, to feel sadness17. pena q. to store something away18. pensil r. feeling, sense19. rasa s. pen20. sedih t. pencil

Latihan 11—Grammar Quiz

1. Ber- verbs are always intransitive and hence cannot take an objectA. TrueB. False

2. MeN- verbs are usually transitive, but there are also a few intransitive meN- verbs.A. TrueB. False

3. “Berhenti” means “to stop”. Hence “I stop the bus” is “Saya berhenti bus”.A. TrueB. False

4. In the phrase “Saya bermain tenis” the word “tenis” is the grammatical object of the sen-tence.A. TrueB. False

5. The correct translation of “Bus berhenti” is “The bus stops”.A. TrueB. False

Lesson 60

Latihan 12—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)Mendatar:2. to shut or close sth5. to hit sth or someone7. to arrange something8. to fill something9. to send something11. to ask someone for

something (respectfully)13. to receive sth15. to use or wear sth17. to take/accompany

someone somewhere18. a feeling, a sense19. to change or evolve21. sad, to feel sadness22. to count somethingMenurun:1. to store sth away3. pencil4. to have one thing replaced

with another, substitute6. to get married7. to fry something10. to keep as a pet12. to become, to be14. to help or assist someone

16. examination (in school/academic sense)17. to feel (an emotion)20. pen

Lesson 61

Memakai Kamus Bahasa Indonesia

Aims

• To give more practice getting used tousing verbs with the meN- prefix.

• To describe how most Indonesiandictionaries are organised and givepractice using a dictionary.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words usedin this lesson that have appeared in previouslessons. Make sure that you remember theirmeanings.

jagung corn, maize memelihara to take care ofmemakai to use, wear menjadi to be, to becomemembantu to help, assist menunggu to waitmembawa to bring, carry padi rice plant

Rambu di Jalan Raya Bahasa

More on MeN- VerbsIn many textbooks these verbs are referred to as me-verbs, which is not

quite correct, as there is always a nasal sound (N) which glues the prefix to thebase word.

MeN- verbs have a goal, that is, the person, thing or idea that is impactedon by the action expressed in the verb. Usually the goal is rather ill-defined or

generalised. It is something that probably hasn’t been mentioned or referred to in the precedingpart of the narrative or conversation. It is a person, thing or idea that – if we were speakingEnglish – might be marked by the indefinite articles “a” or “some” rather than the more specific“the” or “that”. Savour the difference between these English sentences.

I’m going to plant some corn.He harvested rice.

I’m going to plant the corn.He harvested that rice.

In Indonesian you can express the ideas in the sentences on the left like this.

Bagian Kamus di sebuah Toko Buku. This work by JP Esperança is licensed under aCreative Commons Attribution-NoDerivs 2.0 Generic License

61

Lesson 61

Saya akan menanam jagung.Dia memotong padi.

The slight vagueness of jagung and padi (we don’t know precisely where, which, how muchetc.) is expressed by making it the goal of a transitive me- verb.

But what about the sentences in the right hand column above? How do we express the greaterprecision of the corn and the rice, i.e. corn and rice that has already been mentioned, and whichis therefore already relatively clear in our minds? Well, one way is to add a definite article like ituthat makes it clear we are talking about a certain (say) sack of corn seed, or (say) field of rice thathas probably already been mentioned. So we could say:

Saya akan menanam jagung itu.Dia memotong padi itu.

But more usually, definiteness in the goal of an action is expressed through the passive form ofa transitive verb:

Jagung itu akan saya tanam.Padi itu dipotongnya.

We practise these forms of the verb (Passive Type 1 and Passive Type 2) in Modules 6 and 7.For the moment, it is enough to be aware that, where English tends to distinguish between

definiteness and indefiniteness with articles like the, some and a, Indonesian is more complex,tending to express the same distinction through forms of the verb and by positioning nouns at thebeginning or end of a clause/sentence, as well as by using markers of definiteness like itu.

As you have seen, English and Indonesian are dramatically different in many ways. But they arealso different in subtle ways. The various forms of the transitive verb and the expression ofdefiniteness and indefiniteness is just one of these subtleties.

Forming Transitive meN- Verbs

N can appear as one of the nasals m, ng, ny, n, or as zero. p* pakai memakai “to use” t* tulis menulis “to write”b beli membeli “to buy” d dengar mendengar “to hear”f fitnah memfitnah “to slander” c cuci mencuci “to wash”v veto memveto “to veto” j jual menjual “to sell”

k* kirim mengirim “to send” l lihat melihat “to see”g ganggu mengganggu “to disturb” m minta meminta “to request”a e i o u

ambil, ingat

mengambilmengingat

“to take”“to remember” n nama menamakan “to name”

h hafal menghafal “to memorise” ng nganga menganga “to yawn”ny nyanyi menyanyi “to sing”

s* sapu menyapu “to sweep” r rangkai merangkai “to join”w wakil mewakili “to represent”y yakin meyakinkan “to convince”

Lesson 61

Using an Indonesian Dictionary

We have referred to the notion of “nude” words and “clothed” words. These are just pop termsfor, respectively, base forms and derived forms.

Essentially, base forms are words that have affixes attached to them. Affixes are like pilot fish,they can’t swim about independently in the great ocean of language, but have to fastenthemselves to the shark-like hulks of passing base forms. Some affixes work at the nose end (likeber- and meN-) and some only at the tail (like -an). Others always operate as a team – twoinseparable affixes, one swimming at the nose and the other riding shotgun at the rear, like theper- -an team in the word perpustakaan. There are even a few mysterious affixes that generationsago wormed their way into the gut of certain base words and now, like parasites, have apermanent home there. If you cut into these base words you can locate the affixes, like -el- intelunjuk (index finger) and -in- in kinerja (performance, track record).

Derived forms are those that consist of a base word plus one or more affixes. As we have seenin the case of memperbaiki, some base words may themselves have affixes in them. For example,the derived form berhasil (successful, to succeed) consists of the base word hasil and the prefixber-. But berhasil can itself be a base word. With the affixes ke- and -an attached to it, it producesthe word keberhasilan (success). You should also bear in mind that in certain circumstances mostbase words can also stand alone without affixes. For example, in certain contexts hasil can standalone (it means “result”, “outcome”).

It is important to be aware of the distinction between base forms and derived forms, becausemost Indonesian dictionaries organise their head words, or main entries, according to thealphabetical order of the first letter in base forms, not derived forms. So in most dictionaries youwon’t find the word berjalan by looking for it under “b”. You will have to identify the first letter ofits base form and look for it under that letter. With a word like berjalan there’s no great problem.With words like melihat, merusak, and even membaca, mencuci, menggoreng and many more,there’s also no huge problem. The base word is clear. You simply go to the base word entry in thedictionary, and under that entry you will find all the various derivatives that can be formed byattaching affixes to the base word concerned.

But suppose you want to look up a word in which the prefix has assimilated or “fused” with thebase form causing a change in the initial sound of the base form so that it is no longer instantlyrecognisable? In such cases we have to use the rules given earlier in this lesson to do a bit ofquick detective work. Even then we may be left with two or more possible base words, so wewould have to check out each possibility until we find the right base word.

For example, supposing we want to know themeaning of the word memukul. Looking at therules given in Lesson 60 we can deduce that thebase word is either mukul (see rule 9) or pukul(see rule 3). So we check under “m” to see if thereis a base word mukul. There isn’t. So we checkunder “p” for pukul. Aha! There it is.

In some instances we might have to check upto three possible base words. Take for examplethe word mengarang. Referring to our rules for the

formation of derivatives we can work out that there are three possible base words that menga-rang might be formed from: ngarang, arang and karang. We would have to check each of these inthe dictionary. In this case we would find that ngarang doesn’t exist. We would find that arangdoes exist but it doesn’t have a derivative mengarang. So we would be left with karang. Under the

Schmidgall-Tellings (2004)

Lesson 61

head word karang we would find a number of derivatives listed, like karangan, pengarang andmengarang.

Let’s look at some examples of dictionaries. Here is part of the entry for membawa in AComprehensive Indonesian-English Dictionary by Alan Stevens and Ed Schmidgall- Tellings(2004).

Compare this with the entry for membawa in An Indonesian-English Dictionary by John Echolsand Hassan Shadily (3rd revised edition, 1989).

An exception to this “normal” way oforganising the entries in dictionaries is GeorgeQuinn’s The Learner’s Dictionary of Today’sIndonesian (2001). Quinn’s dictionary organises allmain entries according to the first letter of eachword, irrespective of whether that word is a baseword or a word beginning with a prefix.

Each of the three dictionaries has a uniqueapproach to description of the Indonesian lexicon.Smith and Schmidgall-Tellings’ has a finelydiscriminated list of definitions – i.e. possibleEnglish translations – for membawa. It illustratesthese with a few short sentences and phrases thatshow how membawa is used in context. It alsohas information on colloquial variations of mem-bawa, plus many idiomatic expressions containing

membawa. Echols and Shadily is dense with information, providing several related idiomaticphrases under each main definition of membawa. Quinn’s dictionary has fewer definitions and noidiomatic phrases at all, but it has longer illustratory sentences as well as some information onpronunciation and grammar.

All three dictionaries are bilingual, but Smith and Schmid-gall-Tellings’ goes in one direction only: Indonesian-to-English. Echols and Shadily and Quinn have English-to-Indonesian sides to their dictionaries (Echols and Shadily’sis in a separate volume). Smith and Schmidgall-Tellings, andEchols and Shadily attempt to be comprehensive, coveringas much of the Indonesian lexicon as they can, whereasQuinn’s is a “special purpose” dictionary concentrating on aquite limited corpus of highly frequent Indonesian andEnglish words. Quinn’s has a section in which thedictionary’s main entries are sorted into topic groups, andnotes on aspects of Indonesian culture are scatteredthrough the dictionary. All three dictionaries have interestingintroductions. Quinn offers a short history of the evolution ofthe Indonesian language and an overview of its functions inmodern Indonesia. Echols and Shadily have a detaileddescription of the sound system (phonology) of Indonesian,and Smith and Schmidgall-Tellings focus on how to find thebase word (they call it the “root”) of derivatives.

Finally, let’s look at the entry for membawa in the KamusBesar Bahasa Indonesia (KBBI): http://kbbi.web.id/bawa.

Echols-Shadily (1989)

Quinn (2001)

Lesson 61

This is the online version of Indonesia’s semi-official dictionary published by the nation’s PusatBahasa (Language Centre), an organ of the Departemen Pendidikan Nasional (Department ofNational Education). The fourth edition, published in 2008, has 90,000 entries.

Even if you don’t understand everything in the Kamus Besar you will quickly see that the threeIndonesian-English dictionaries we have looked at are indebted in some degree to the Kamus Be-sar. As foreign learners of Indonesian you probably have little choice but to start out with anIndonesian-English dictionary (and an English-Indonesian dictionary too, of course). Butlanguages are self-referential, their words construct meaning only by reference to other words inthe same language. So as soon as you can, you should let go of bilingual dictionaries andgraduate to a good Indonesian-Indonesian dictionary.

Awas!!

Jakarta-style colloquial Indonesian contains a lot of verbs that follow a slightlydifferent morphology. If you see a word beginning with ng, then the chance that thisis a base word is slim as very few Indonesian base words start with ng. The wordngantuk ̒sleepy ̓ in the following banner over a toll road in Jakarta is derived fromkantuk. Instead of the formal Indonesian form mengantuk, Jasa Marga, the toll roadmanaging company, decided to use the more common colloquial form ngantuk to

convey the message “Burst tyres and sleepy drivers are the main causes of accidents”.

In the following list you can see how transitive N-verbs are formed Jakarta-style. The me-prefix is absent, and the rules how N manifests itself are also slightly different. You may alsonotice that some base words are spelled slightly differently and that suffixes -kan and -i bothbecome -in. As bases beginning with f and v hardly ever occur, they have been omitted here.

N can appear as one of the nasals m, ng, ny, n, nge, or as zero.

p* pake make “to use” h hafal ngehafal “to memorise”b beli mbeli “to buy” l liat ngeliat “to see”

r rangke ngerangke “to join”k* kirim ngirim “to send” w wakil ngewakilin “to represent”g ganggu ngganggu “to disturb” y yakin ngeyakinin “to convince”a e i o u

ambil, inget

ngambilnginget

“to take”“to remember”

m minta minta “to request”s* sapu nyapu “to sweep” n nama namain “to name”c* cuci nyuci ng nganga nganga “to yawn”

ny nyanyi nyanyi “to sing”t* tulis nulis “to write”d denger ndenger “to hear”j jual njual “to sell”

© U. Kozok

Lesson 61

The above list is for your reference only. You do not have to memorise it. But you shouldmemorise one word from the above banner, which is a very important word: ngantuk (sleepy)!

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

jagung to keep (as a pet) memelihara to wait, to wait formemakai rice plant menjadi to use, wearmembantu to take or bring menunggu to become, to bepadi corn, maize membawa to help, assist

Latihan 2—Prenasalisation with meN-

Add prefix meN- to the base words below. Note that meN- may be rendered me-, meng-,men-, mem-, or meny- depending on the first sound of the base word. Note also that initial p, t,and k are dropped.

ambil bantu

sewa cari

obral tolong

hafal pukul

kirim ralat

intip ingat

larang dengar

datang angkat

bayar cegah

hajar jadi

kenal pasang

raba tata

titip nyanyi

kompas ganti

Lesson 61

Latihan 3—meN- Verbs starting with meng-

Add the prefix meN- to the following base words. The prefix meN-is rendered meng- if thebase begins with a vowel or with the sounds k, g, and h. Initial k is dropped. Some of the wordsare not included in the wordlist of The Indonesian Way.

ambil gantung

hafal oles

kirim elak

uji hukum

Latihan 4—Identifying the Base Word (1)

Bearing in mind that words in most Indonesian dictionaries are arranged in alphabetical orderof the first letter of their base words, go to a comprehensive dictionary and identify the baseforms of these verbs. For each verb, write the base form. For example, the base form of mengu-lang is the word ulang.

menganga menilai

mengena menyapu

memuji mengelak

menyimpang menampung

mengolah mengantuk

menyatakan mengganggu

Latihan 5—Identifying the Base Word (2)

Find the base words for the MeN- verbs below. For example, the base word of mengikat is theword ikat.

mengikat mengisi

mengikuti mengizinkan

mengimpor mengobati

menginap mengobral

mengingat mengobrol

mengingatkan mengontrak

menginginkan mengoperasi

mengira menguasai

mengirim mengubah

Lesson 61

Latihan 6—Forming Transitive MeN- Verbs (1)

Add the prefix meN- to the following base words. Don’t forget that in many cases you alsohave to add a nasal to ‘glue’ the nasal to the base word.

bersihkan terima

panggil atur

lihat cuci

pakai rusak

nyanyikan dengarkan

bantu ambil

lakukan antar

tolong bawa

isi buka

adakan goreng

bayar hitung

berikan pukul

buat baca

jual pelihara

potong dengar

bunuh beli

tunggu cari

pilih tutup

katakan kirim

pimpin tonton

perbaiki tulis

curi ucapkan

tanam simpan

cium coba

Lesson 61

Latihan 7—Forming Transitive MeN- Verbs (2)

It is important to get used to generating me- verbs and recognising their base words. For thefollowing exercise, type the base word for each me- verb. For example, for the verb melihat, youwould type the base word lihat.

menyanyikan mengisi

melakukan menghitung

memakai memilih

menanam menulis

membaca mengadakan

memperbaiki menonton

mengatakan memotong

menyimpan mendengar

memimpin mengucapkan

membantu membunuh

mengirim mencium

membawa menerima

membeli mengantar

membersihkan mengatur

menjual memberikan

memanggil menolong

menggoreng mengambil

membuka menutup

membuat memukul

membayar menunggu

mencari memelihara

merusak

Lesson 61

Latihan 8—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)Mendatar:1. to cut something4. to read6. to buy something7. to wait8. dictionary9. to see, to look at10. to become, to be11. to sell something14. to help or assist

someone15. to keep (as a pet)16. to use or wear

somethingMenurun:2. to give (something

to someone)3. rice plant5. to pay10. to do something12. to plant something13. to take, to bring, to

carry

Lesson 62

Jenis-Jenis Pekerjaan

Aims

• To practise talking about anumber of common income-earning occupations.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequentwords used in this lesson that haveappeared in previous lessons. Makesure tha t you remember the i rmeanings.

agen agent pegawai employee, office workerbinatang animal pekerjaan professionbiro wisata tourism bureau petani farmerdokter doctor polisi policedosen lecturer senang to be happydulu used to be sepak bola football, soccermenjadi to become, be tempat placekaryawan employee, worker terkenal famouskaya rich terlalu toolebih suka prefer ulama Islamic scholar

Apa Pekerjaan Anda?

Shutterstock

62

Lesson 62

Lesson 62

Menjadi

In English we have a verb “to be” and a verb “to become”. A quick glance at an Englishdictionary will show that these are regarded as fairly distinct notions. The first indicates somethingthat is more or less static, that is, it describes, or refers to, a “state” or something that is notevolving. The second refers to something that is dynamic, that is, in the process of evolving orbecoming something different.

The distinction doesn’t exist in Indonesian, at least not with the same clarity. We have alreadyseen that Indonesian doesn’t have a verb “to be”. But sometimes the verb menjadi seems tofunction like the English “to be”. Look at these examples:

Ia menjadi marah sekarang.He’s angry now.Dulu saya menjadi guru, tetapi sekarang saya menjadi pengusaha.I used to be a teacher, but now I’m a businessman.

Menjadi can also be used like the English “to become”.Tahun berapa Anda menjadi dosen?In what year did you become a lecturer?Tanti ingin sekali menjadi insinyur yang rajin dan efisien.Tanti is really keen to become a hard working and efficient engineer.

As you can see, menjadi can be used to talk about work. Study this substitution table andpractise generating sentences from it.

Pacar sayaSayaDiaKamiMerekaSanti

mauinginsudahakanpernah

menjadi

agen biro wisatapemain sepak bolasekretarisgurutukang kayupetanipegawai negeridokterpengusahatukang listrikwartawandokter gigisopir trukkaryawan pabriktentarasopir taksidosenpolisikaryawan tokopelayanakuntanulama

yang

terkenal.baik.kaya.pandai.efisien.rajin.

Lesson 62

Exercise 62-01

Generate 10 different sentences following these instructions. Each sentence should be in twoparts contrasting past ambitions with those of the present. The first part of the sentence shouldbe generated from the substitution table below (you can add other occupations to the column onthe right). The second part of the sentence should begin... tetapi sekarang... and you shouldcomplete it indicating what your ambitions for the future are.

Study this example first:Sepuluh tahun yang lalu saya ingin menjadi guru, tetapi sekarang saya mau menjadi insinyur.

First part of the sentence ....

DuluSepuluh tahun yang lalu,Pada tahun 2008

sayainginingin sekalimaupernah

menjadi

pemain tenis,wartawan,tukang listrik,petani,dosen,sopir bemo,pegawai negeri,karyawan toko,ibu rumah tangga,seniman,pemain sepak bola,montir,

Dialogue: Failed Ambitions, New Ambitions

With a fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, exchange stories about your workexperiences and ambitions in former times (dulu) and your work experiences andambitions now (sekarang). Use your imagination to make a stark contrast between thebleak disappointments and failures of the past, and the bright reality of the present and future.You might begin by saying something like this (Sound File 062-01):

ulu saya ingin menjadi petani karena saya suka pada binatang. Saya juga suka mena-nam jagung, padi dan buah-buahan, tetapi saya tidak suka tinggal di desa yang sepi

yang jauh dari kota. Saya lebih suka tempat yang ramai. Jadi, saya gagal menjadi petani. Se-karang saya lebih senang menjadi karyawan toko. Saya bekerja di bagian sepatu di toko pa-kaian Robinson. Saya menjual sepatu laki-laki, sepatu perempuan, dan sepatu anak-anak.Tetapi sebetulnya saya lebih suka bekerja di bagian pakaian karena saya suka pakaian yangmahal dan cantik. … … … …

D

Notice the word sebetulnya in this narrative. It means something like “as a matter of fact” or“actually”. Tetapi sebetulnya has overtones of “but to be honest” so it is a useful phrase to usewhen you want to emphasise a contrast.

Now, here are some “kick-start” sentence shells to get you going with a narrative like the oneabove. Run these options through your head first and consider how you can complete them, or

Lesson 62

elaborate on them, in an imaginative and long-winded way using the Indonesian vocabulary youcurrently have.

Dulu sayaingin sekalimaupernah

menjadi [occupation] tetapi saya tidak

bisasukapandaisenangmau

...

Dulu saya gagal menjadi [occupation] karena lebih senang bekerja di …tidak suka bekerja sebagai …kurang pandai bekerja dengan …

Sekarang sayaingin sekalimausudah

bekerja sebagaimenjadibelajar menjadi

[occupation] karena …

As you talk, your partner should interrupt with questions. Try to make these questions asvaried as possible. See how many of these (and other) question words you can use.

Mengapa Anda…?Berapa lama Anda…?Anda … … … naik apa?

Tahun berapa Anda… ?Apakah Anda…?Setiap hari, apa tugas Anda di…?

Di mana Anda…?Bagaimana (pekerjaan itu)?

Latihan 1—Vocabulary Review

1. Pemain sepak bola a. Entrepreneur

2. Ulama b. Physician

3. Petani c. Police officer

4. Pemandu wisata d. Soldier

5. Pengusaha e. Soccer player

6. Sekretaris f. Journalist

7. Tukang kayu g. Factory worker

8. Dokter h. Islamic scholar

9. Akuntan i. Carpenter

10. Sopir taksi j. University teacher

11. Wartawan k. Dentist

12. Tentara l. Accountant

Lesson 62

13. Karyawan pabrik m. Secretary

14. Polisi n. Farmer

15. Dosen o. Taxi Driver

16. Dokter gigi p. Waiter, waitress, servant

17. Pelayan q. Tourist Guide

Latihan 2—Failed Ambitions & New Ambitions

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bekerja—gagal—menanam—menjual—petani—sepatu—sepi—tempat—yang

Dulu saya ingin menjadi ____________ karena saya suka pada binatang. Saya juga suka ____________ jagung, padi dan buah-buahan, tetapi saya tidak suka tinggal di desa yang

____________ yang jauh dari kota. Saya lebih suka ____________ yang ramai. Jadi, saya ____________ menjadi petani. Sekarang saya lebih senang menjadi karyawan toko. Saya

____________ di bagian sepatu di toko pakaian Robinson. Saya ____________ sepatu la-ki-laki, ____________ perempuan, dan sepatu anak-anak. Tetapi sebetulnya saya lebih

suka bekerja di bagian pakaian karena saya suka pakaian ___________ mahal dan cantik.

Latihan 3—Pekerjaan

Write the missing word in the blank space in each question so that the question fits with the answer beside it.

1. Apa __________ Anda? — Saya pegawai kantor.

2. Di mana Anda __________ ? — Saya bekerja di Gedung Lippo.

3. Apakah Anda __________ bekerja di Gedung Lippo? — Kurang suka.

4. Mengapa Anda tidak suka __________ di Gedung Lippo? — Karena Gedung Lippo terlalujauh dari rumah.

5. Jam __________ Anda berangkat dari rumah? — Kira-kira jam delapan pagi.

6. Apakah Anda __________ menjadi kaya? — Ya, ingin sekali.

7. __________ berapa lama Anda bekerja di Gedung Lippo? — Sudah tiga tahun.

8. __________ Anda belajar dulu? — Di Akademi Akuntansi di Jakarta.

9. Apa __________ Anda di kantor? — Biasanya saya mengetik dan menerima telepon.

10. Apakah kantor Anda lebih besar __________ kantor Bank Danamon? — Tidak. Kantorkami lebih kecil daripada kantor Bank Danamon.

Lesson 62

Latihan 4—Jenis-jenis Pekerjaan

From among the words and phrases in the right column choose one word or phrase to go with each of the occupations listed. Choose each word/phrase just once. Write the word/phrase beside the occupation that is most closely associated with it.

1. petani .........................................................................2. karyawan bank .........................................................................3. karyawan toko .........................................................................4. dokter .........................................................................5. ibu rumah tangga .........................................................................6. pelayan .........................................................................7. sopir .........................................................................8. guru .........................................................................9. wartawan .........................................................................

10. pemain sepak bola .........................................................................

orang sakitsurat kabarmenjualrumah makantaksilapangan olahragasekolahsawahuangbekerja di rumah

Latihan 5—Merangkai Kata

Urutkan kata-kata berikut sehingga menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti:

1. “He’s angry now.” Dia—menjadi—marah—sekarang.

2. “I used to be a teacher, but now I’m a businessman.”Dulu—sekarang—tetapi—menjadi—saya—guru,—saya—pengusaha.

3. “In what year did you become a lecturer?”Tahun—Anda—menjadi—berapa—dosen?

4. “Tanti is really keen to become a hard working and efficient engineer.”Tanti—yang—menjadi—dan—rajin—insinyur—ingin—sekali—efisien.

5. “At first I wanted to become a doctor but I am not smart.”Dulu—tidak—tetapi—saya—dokter—saya—menjadi—mau—pandai.

Latihan 6—Terjemahan

Translate the following words.

accountant

animal

Lesson 62

dentist

to fail, to not succeed

housewife

engineer

a type, kind

rich

angry

to type

mechanic

public servant

waiter, waitress

a player

entrepreneur

hard-working, diligent

actually, to be honest

secretary

driver, chauffeur

soldier, armed forces

to answer the phone

famous

duties, obligations

carpenter

electrician

journalist, reporter

Lesson 63

Bapak, Ibu dan Seorang

Aims

• To get more practice distinguishing between the negators tidak and bukan.• To introduce and practise the common second person pronouns Bapak and Ibu. • To practise using seorang: a very common word like the English “a” / “an”.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previouslessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

halaman yard (around house) pemain playerhati-hati careful pengusaha businessmankarcis ticket ramah friendlyhadiah a gift, a present sama sekali absolutely, completelyilmu kimia chemistry sopir driver, chauffeurmajalah magazine, journal tidak boleh may not, can notmasih still tukang listrik electricianmemberikan to give sth turun go down, descendmontir mechanic untuk for

More Practice with bukan

You will recall that back in Module 1 you learned that a noun is negated with bukan, not tidak.Tidak is used to negate verbs, adjectives and prepositions. Review Lesson 11 to refresh yourmemory.

In these sentences both bukan and tidak appear. Observe how they are used, especially thekind of word that follows bukan and tidak.

Dia bukan seniman. Dia sama sekali tidak pandai menulis atau melukis.He is not an artist. He is absolutely hopeless at writing or painting.Dia bukan montir. Dia tidak bekerja di bengkel.He is not a mechanic. He doesn’t work in a repair shop.

63

Lesson 63

Ini bukan rumah Ibu Ida. Rumah Ibu Ida besar. Rumah ini tidak besar.This house is not Mrs Ida’s. Mrs Ida’s house is big. This house is not big.Ibu Dibyo bukan tukang masak. Dia pegawai negeri. Dia tidak pandai memasak.Mrs Dibyo is not a cook. She is a civil servant. She can’t cook.Maaf, majalah ini tidak untuk Anda. Anda bukan mahasiswa.Sorry, this journal is not for you. You’re not a student.Kalau Anda bukan pemain, Anda tidak boleh turun ke lapangan.If you’re not a player you can’t go to the sports ground.Anda berkunjung ke pulau yang mana? Batam? Bukan! Batam tidak menarik.Which island did you visit? Batam? No! Batam isn’t interesting.

Mohon Perhatian!!

A noun is a word that names a thing, person or place. Some examples ofordinary nouns in Indonesian are: penumpang (a passenger), perjalanan (travel, atrip), orang Jawa (a Javanese), selat (a strait). There are other kinds of “lessordinary” nouns, for example:

1. personal names and place names, e.g. Bapak Kamso, Surabaya, Batam. 2. pronouns, that is, words used in place of nouns, especially to refer to something or someone

that has already been mentioned. Examples are saya, kamu, dia, mereka, kita and kami. 3. noun phrases, that is, a group of words that doesn’t necessarily have a noun in it but that

stands for a noun, for example yang murah (the cheap one) Tidak never appears directly in front of any of these kinds of nouns.

They are negated with bukan.Although tidak is the usual negator for verbs, adjectives and prepositions, in certain contexts

bukan can also be used to negate them. This happens most often when you want to emphasise acontrast, or when a contrast is implied.

Warnanya bukan merah tetapi hijau.It’s not red, it’s green.Hadiah ini bukan untuk kamu. Untuk Tanti!This gift is not for you. It’s for Tanti!Dia bukan mengambil uang. Sebetulnya dia memberikan uang.She didn’t take money. In fact she gave money.

So it seems that bukan is a stronger, or more emphatic, negator than tidak, and for this reasoncan sometimes muscle its way into the negation of verbs, adjectives and prepositions, in additionto its normal function as a negator of nouns.

Bapak & Ibu

In English, basically we have just one second person pronoun: “you”. Except in a fewexceptional circumstances, “you” can be used to address practically anyone at all. In someEuropean languages there are two words for “you”. French, for example, has tu and vous. Youuse tu when you are talking to someone with whom you are on familiar or intimate terms. It is alsooften used to address children, even if you are not on familiar terms with the child, or for “talking

Lesson 63

down” in an insulting or contemptuous way to adults. Vous, on the other hand, is more formal andrespectful. It implies a distance between the speakers. It is the “safe” word to use.

Most Indonesians are ultra-sensitive to differences in rank, age, gender and formality. Whentwo people talk to each other, as a rule the words they use for “you” will reflect their view of therelationship between them. Are they social equals? Are they the same sex? Are they roughly thesame or very different in age? Do they know each other well or only distantly? All these factorscan influence their choice of a word for “you”. Indeed, sometimes even ethnic differences, orvocational differences, or kinship differences can play a role in determining one’s choice of a wordfor “you”.

And there are plenty of second person pronouns (i.e. words that mean “you”) to choose from inIndonesian. If English has just one and French has two, Indonesian has around a dozen that are incommon use, and probably more than fifty altogether. George Quinn’s Learner’s Dictionary ofToday’s Indonesian gives 24 words for “you”.

One of the interesting features of the Indonesian language (and of Indonesian society as awhole) is the impulse to relate to people as if they are members of one’s own family. It is almostas if you can only communicate with someone by making that person an “honorary” member ofyour family.

We have a few remote echoes of this practice in European culture. For example, in the CatholicChurch priests are addressed as “Father” or “Brother” depending on their rank and functions, andfemale members of certain orders may be addressed as “Mother” or “Sister”. Presumably thispractice is a manifestation of the idea that the Christian community is a big family.

Similarly, activists in certain causes may address one another as “Sister” (in some branches ofthe feminist movement) or “Brother” (among some activists for the welfare of African Americans).Again, behind this practice lies the idea that members of a family are close to one another, willsupport one another and won’t betray one another. At the same time, the use of kinship termsmay function to indicate differences in power and status within a community (as in the CatholicChurch where a “Father” has higher status than a “Brother”) or that all members are equal (as inthe use by egalitarian activists of terms referring to members of the same generation like“Brother” and “Sister”).

In Indonesian, the very widespread use of kinship terms as second person pronouns seems tofunction both to “incorporate” the addressee into an imagined community or “family”, and tomake clear the differences in status that are perceived to exist between addresser and addressee.Here are some of the most common words for “you” that are also kinship terms.

Bapak Ibu father mother Adik Saudarayounger brother/sister brother/sisterOom Tante uncle aunt and many more.

For the moment you are going to practise use of the second person pronouns Bapak and Ibu,both of which are of very high frequency in everyday Indonesian.

Lesson 63

Cara Indonesia

So far in this course we have used just one word for “you”: Anda. There aremany words for “you”: Anda is just one of them and is by no means the mostcommonly used. In fact Anda is a fairly recent invention, dating from the 1950s.It is slightly trendy, a bit formal, and is mostly used among Indonesia’seducated, urbanised minority. It is also widely used in advertising and publicannouncements. It is the closest Indonesian has to the all-purpose English“you”.

But unlike “you”, Anda cannot be used indiscriminately to all and sundry.That is why it is important to master the use of Bapak and Ibu (and, little bylittle, the many other words for “you” in Indonesian).

Who do you address as Bapak or Ibu? The flippant answer might be “practically everyone”, butin matters of etiquette in Indonesia it’s best to be very careful rather than flippant. Basically Bapakand Ibu are polite, respectful terms but not excessively formal terms. They are widely used ineveryday talk.

The main guidelines to bear in mind in deciding whether to use them are: you should addressas Bapak or Ibu anyone who 1) is reasonably “mature” in years, say past 30 years of age, or who2) has some claim to status, whether it be by virtue of having a job/position, or being a parent, orhaving an impressive bearing, and who 3) is not on really close or intimate terms with you.

There are many notes that one could add to these guidelines. Here are one or two.• If you are still young (i.e. let’s say under 30 years of age) you wouldn’t normally address

your peers of similar age as Bapak or Ibu (you might use Anda or Saudara, perhaps kamu), but if you are older than 30 in most instances you would address your age-peers as Bapak or Ibu (unless you are on very intimate terms with them).

• Very often, a formal atmosphere or situation can dictate that Bapak or Ibu must be used rather than the more intimate term of address you might use in a more private, casual context.

• In some instances you might address someone as Bapak or Ibu even if they are younger than you are. This is especially common where the younger person has a responsible job or is exercising some kind of authority over you, for example as your teacher or doctor.

• The word Anda that we have used so far in these lessons is appropriate in most situations,but not everyone uses it, and in any case it has egalitarian overtones clinging to it so it wouldn’t usually be appropriate to use Anda to address someone who is a lot older than you or a lot higher in status, and who expects that rank to be acknowledged by use of explicitly respectful terms of address. Substitute Bapak or Ibu for Anda and you can’t go wrong.

Mohon Perhatian!!

You should note that when the kinship terms bapak (a father) and ibu (a mother)are used as second person pronouns (i.e. meaning “you”) they are written with aninitial capital letter, but when they are used in their ordinary, referential sense askinship terms they are not capitalised (except at the beginning of a sentence, ofcourse).

Lesson 63

By the way, in Module 3 you learned that ibu means “a mother”, but the word given for “afather” was ayah, not bapak. There are two points to remember about this. First, bapak is theJavanese word for “a father” and ayah is the more traditionally Malay word. So you are more likelyto hear ayah used in Sumatra and among educated speakers or “purists” (which is why it is usedin The Indonesian Way – be grateful!). On the other hand, bapak has been enthusiastically adoptedinto Indonesian and you will commonly hear it used to refer to “a father”, especially in Java andamong less fastidious users of the language.

Second, ayah is used to mean “you” only when you are addressing your own real father. If youare not talking to your real father, but to a “pseudo-father” you should address him as Bapak.

Cara Indonesia

The use of second person pronouns is one of the most difficult areas ofIndonesian. Even the few tentative steps we are starting to take at this pointpresent fairly formidable, prickly, subtle difficulties.

If it is any consolation, you might be interested to know that Indonesiansthemselves often put the choice of the right pronoun into the too hard basket. Infact, very often people will go through some fairly spectacular contortions(verbal contortions, that is) to avoid altogether using a word for “you”, especiallyif they are in doubt about whether to be casual or formal with the person theyare talking to.

You have already met an instance of “you-avoidance” in the greeting Mau ke mana? Othersimilar phrases are Tinggal di mana? (Where do you live?), Mau makan apa? (What would you liketo eat?), Turun di mana? (Where are you getting off?). A slightly bizarre variant of this, but alsovery common, is the substitution of the more neutral third-person pronoun -nya for the secondperson pronoun. Thus you will hear people say, for example, Rumahnya di mana? (Where is yourhouse?) or Anaknya berapa? (How many children do you have), and even Namanya siapa? (Whatis your name?)

Seorang

In English you can say “The farmer has 30 head of cattle.” The word “head” in this sentence isa special word you use when counting cattle and certain other animals. There are not many suchwords (usually called “numeral classifiers”) in English, but Indonesian has a number of them thatare quite commonly used. For example, when counting animals in Indonesian you use not “head”but “tail” (ekor). So if you want to render the English sentence above into Indonesian you say Pe-tani itu mempunyai 30 ekor sapi.

To count human beings you use orang. Look at these examples:Ada empat orang guru di halaman sekolah.There are four teachers in the schoolyard.Mahasiswa sudah datang ... lebih dari 20 orang.The students have arrived ... more than 20 of them.Maaf, kami tidak dapat membantu Anda. Hanya ada tiga orang dokter di sini.Sorry, we can’t help you. There are only three doctors here.Ada berapa polisi di luar? Hanya seorang.How many policemen are there outside? Just one.

Lesson 63

If you are not actually counting, you usually don’t need to use a numeral classifier word.Mereka mau menjadi guru.They want to become teachers.Sebaiknya Anda bertanya kepada polisi.I’d advise you to ask the police.

However, there is an exception. Very often the word seorang functions like the English “a”when “a” is used to indicate all the members of a particular class of objects or people. So inEnglish you can say, for example, “A policeman has to be careful”. In this sentence the word “a”indicates that we are talking not about just one individual policeman, but about a kind of generalimage of policemen. Seorang is used in a similar way in Indonesian.

Seorang polisi harus hati-hati.A policeman has to be careful.Seorang dokter harus belajar ilmu kimia.A doctor has to study chemistry.Saya ingin menjadi seorang karyawan toko yang ramah.I want to be a friendly shop assistant.

Dialogue: Asking Politely About An Older Person’s Job

With a fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, act out a dialogue in which one person takesthe role of an older man or woman, and the other a younger man or woman who wants to find outabout the older person’s occupation. Sit facing each other rather formally. The younger personwill politely address the older person as Ibu or Bapak. The older person will equally politely useAnda when addressing the younger person. Begin the dialogue with a question that demands theanswer bukan, e.g. …

Apakah Ibu seorang pegawai negeri?Bukan. Saya bekerja di Toko Laris.

After the older speaker has said “no” the dialogue can then proceed more freely,e.g. …

O begitu. Apakah Ibu seorang karyawan toko?Bukan. Saya sekretaris di kantor toko.Sudah berapa lama Ibu bekerja di kantor toko?Sudah lima tahun.

More questions should follow, all asked using the formal pronoun Ibu or Bapak, e.g.

Mengapa Ibu…? Tahun berapa Ibu… ? Di mana Ibu…?Berapa lama Ibu…? Apakah Ibu…? Bagaimana pekerjaan itu, Ibu?Ibu … … … naik apa? Setiap hari, apa tugas Ibu di…?

Lesson 63

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

halaman still memberikan not allowed tohati-hati chemistry ramah to, in order tokarcis careful, cautious sama sekali to come/go downilmu kimia magazine tidak boleh to give (something)majalah ticket turun friendlymasih yard untuk absolutely

Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Bapak and Ibu

Refer to the reading passage “Bapak and Ibu” to answer the following questions.1. Most Indonesians are not ultra-sensitive to differences in rank, age, gender and formality.

A. TrueB. False

2. How many second person pronouns are there to choose from in Indonesian?A. Only 1B. About 5C. About 20D. About 50

3. Of the second person pronouns in Indonesian, about how many are in common use?A. Only 1B. About 5C. About 12D. About 25

4. Within the Indonesian language and society, is it common to relate to people as if they aremembers of one’s own family?A. Yes.B. No.

5. What are some uses of kinship terms? Select all that apply.A. By referring to a person as a member of a family it is implied that the members will

support one another and won’t betray one anotherB. Kinship terms indicate differences in power and status within a communityC. Kinship terms can signify that all members are equalD. Kinship terms are rarely used in Indonesian language and culture

6. What is the function of the widespread use of kinship terms as second person pronouns?A. It “incorporates” the addressee into an imagined community or “family”.B. It makes clear the differences in status that are perceived to exist between addresser

and addressee.C. Both A and B.

Lesson 63

Latihan 3—Menjodohkan: Pekerjaan

Using bukan, answer ‘no’ to each of these questions. Then, referring to the picture, add a sentence of follow-up information stating what the person actually is.

Latihan 4—Pilihan Ganda

Refer to each of the following sentences and decide whether to replace Anda with either Bapak or Ibu as appropriate.

1. Anda mau minum? (A householder puts this question to a lady from the census office.) A. AndaB. BapakC. Ibu

Lesson 63

2. Di mana rumah Anda? (A tourist puts this question to a matronly lady in the market.?A. AndaB. BapakC. Ibu

3. O begitu. Saya kira Anda dari Jepang! (A young man expresses mild incredulity when hiselderly travelling companion tells him he is from Indonesia.)A. AndaB. BapakC. Ibu

4. Apa pekerjaan Anda? (This question is put to an important-looking man in uniform.)A. AndaB. BapakC. Ibu

5. Menurut pendapat saya, sebaiknya Anda jangan menginap di Hotel Pasar. (A young localoffers free advice to a visiting gentleman from overseas.)A. AndaB. BapakC. Ibu

6. Sudah berapa lama Anda menjadi kepala sekolah? (This question is put to theheadmistress of a secondary school.)A. AndaB. BapakC. Ibu

7. Anda lahir lima puluh tahun yang lalu? Tahun berapa? (A census official puts this questionto a gentleman.)A. AndaB. BapakC. Ibu

8. Dulu Anda kuliah di mana? (This question is put to a lady in a white lab coat.)A. AndaB. BapakC. Ibu

9. Saya kira kita pernah bertemu 40 tahun yang lalu. Apakah Anda pernah tinggal di Bogor?(Two men are in conversation.)A. AndaB. BapakC. Ibu

10. Anda punya lima anak? Apakah mereka masih bersekolah atau sudah bekerja? (A womanis asked about her children.)A. AndaB. BapakC. Ibu

Lesson 63

Latihan 5—Isian

Fill in the gap in each sentence below with the name of an occupation so that it fits in with the rest of the sentence and makes good sense.

1. Kakak saya seorang ________________. Ia bekerja di bengkel.

2. Seorang ________________ toko harus ramah kepada pembeli.

3. Seorang ________________ harus bekerja di sawah dari pagi sampai sore.

4. Kalau Anda mau menjadi ________________, Anda harus belajar di universitas selama ki-ra-kira tujuh tahun.

5. Katanya, Ibu seorang ________________ negeri. Boleh saya minta informasi?

6. Bapak seorang ________________? Bapak bekerja di surat kabar apa?

7. Anda seorang ________________ tenis? Apakah Anda pernah bermain dengan RogerFederer atau Serena Williams atau Rafael Nadal?

8. Katanya, Bapak seorang ________________ bis. Berapa harga karcis bis dari Manado keTondano?

9. Katanya, Bapak seorang ________________ kayu. Apakah Bapak bisa membuat meja dankursi untuk saya?

10. O, jadi Ibu seorang ________________. Ibu mengajar apa?

Latihan 6—Isian: Bukan & Tidak

Choose between bukan and tidak.

1. Dia _________ bisa melukis. Dia _________ seorang seniman.

2. Dia _________ bisa memasak. Dia seorang montir, _________ tukang masak.

3. Kalau Anda _________ pemain, Anda _________ boleh turun ke lapangan.

4. Ibu Indah _________ bisa mengajar karena dia _________ seorang guru.

5. Andita sama sekali _________ bisa menulis.

6. Saya rasa Bapak Rian _________ seorang pengusaha.

7. Ibu Diah _________ seorang tukang listrik. Dia seorang guru.

Lesson 63

Latihan 7—Kosa Kata 1

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. Bapak a. a, one (animal)2. Ibu b. a, one (person)3. adik c. father, mature male person, a gentleman4. Saudara d. aunt5. om e. brother, sibling, kin6. tante f. mother, mature female person, a lady7. bapak g. uncle8. saudara h. you (addressing a gentleman)9. ibu i. you (addressing a lady)

10. seorang j. you (formal term of address)11. seekor k. younger brother/sister

Latihan 8—Kosa Kata 2

1. bengkel a. a cook2. ekor b. a painter (artist)3. hadiah c. an animal’s tail; a counter-word for animals4. kepala sekolah d. an artist5. masih e. a cattle, cow, ox6. melukis f. to descend, go down, disembark, come down7. sapi g. friendly8. seniman h. a gift, present, prize9. pelukis i. a magazine, journal

10. tukang masak j. a school principal, headmaster/headmistress11. ramah k. a skilled worker; craftsman12. tukang l. still13. turun m. a ticket14. karcis n. to paint (a painting)15. majalah o. a workshop

Lesson 64

Pekerjaan Seorang Petani

Aims

• To provide more prac-tice with adverbs offrequency.

• To make a start talkingabout work, especiallywork in a rural village.

Foto: Seorang Petani Bekerja di Sawah(© U. Kozok)

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

beberapa some, several menanam to plant, bury

bekerja keras work hard misalnya for example

berlibur to go on vacation pertama-tama first of all

di samping besides sarapan (to have) breakfast

ibu rumah tangga housewife selalu always

kegiatan activity sering often

keras hard, vigorously suami husband

luar negeri overseas surat letter (correspondence)

manis sweet menerima to receive

64

Lesson 64

melakukan to do tidak begitu it’s not like that

melukis to paint tidak pernah never

membuat to make tukang kayu carpenter

Talking About the Frequency of Actions/Events

You have already met the adverbs of frequency biasanya and kadang-kadang. Frequency ex-tends on either side of these two terms, ranging from “always” at the high-frequency end, through“often”, “usually” and “sometimes”, to “never” at the bottom end of the frequency range. Here arethe Indonesian equivalents:

!! low frequency high frequency ""tidak pernah jarang kadang-kadang sering selalunever rarely sometimes often always

In English you could insert “occasionally” between“rarely” and “sometimes”, and “frequently” between “of-ten” and “always” bringing the scale up to seven items.Indonesian typically only uses five adverbs of frequency.Biasanya is not included here; in terms of frequency it isroughly comparable to sering. Adverbs of frequency usu-ally appear in the number two position in a sentence, thatis, immediately after the first word or after the initial ad-verbial phrase. But they also often appear right at the be-ginning of a sentence.

Here are some more examples:Saya tidak pernah bekerja pada malam hari.I never work at night.Apakah Bapak kadang-kadang pergi ke gunung untuk melukis?Do you sometimes go to the mountains to paint pictures?Kadang-kadang saya pergi ke gunung untuk melukis.Sometimes I go to the mountains to paint pictures.Biasanya saya menerima telepon dan mengetik surat.Usually I take phone calls and type letters.Hasan jarang makan sayur.Hasan rarely eats vegetables. Ibu Oka seorang pengusaha kaya. Ia sering ke luar negeri.Mrs Oka is a wealthy businesswoman. She often goes overseas.Sebagai pelayan kamu harus selalu ramah pada tamu-tamu di restoran.As a waiter you always have to be friendly with customers in the restaurant.

Exercise 64-01

Complete these sentences describing the various things done (and not done) by different kindsof workers. Complete the first sentences given below and, after adding the information required, it

Lesson 64

should be followed by sering juga ia... The third sentence should begin with kadang-kadangia...and finally, end your sentence with seorang [insert the profession here] tidak pernah...Studythe model first:

Seorang petani Biasanya seorang petani bekerja di sawah. Sering juga ia bekerja di halaman rumah.Kadang-kadang ia bertemu dengan Kepala Desa.Seorang petani tidak pernah menginap di hotel yang mahal.

1 Seorang dosen Biasanya seorang dosen mengajar di…Sering juga ia…Kadang-kadang ia…Jarang ia…Seorang dosen tidak pernah…

2 Seorang seniman Biasanya seorang seniman melukis di…Sering juga ia…Kadang-kadang ia…Jarang ia…Seorang seniman tidak pernah…

3 Seorang tukang kayu Biasanya seorang tukang kayu membuat…

4 Seorang tukang masak Biasanya seorang tukang masak bekerja di…

5 Seorang mahasiswa Biasanya seorang mahasiswa kuliah di…

6 Seorang sopir taksi Biasanya seorang sopir taksi bekerja di…

7 Seorang montir Biasanya seorang montir memperbaiki mobil di…

8 Seorang wartawan Biasanya seorang wartawan bekerja di…

9 Seorang ibu rumah tangga Biasanya seorang ibu rumah tangga mengasuh* anak-anak di…

10 Seorang sekretaris Biasanya seorang sekretaris bekerja mengetik…

*nurse, look after

The Working Life of a Village Farmer

First listen to Sound File 064-01. Then read the following passage very carefully.Watch out for use of Bapak, Ibu and seorang that you practised in the previous lesson,and observe how adverbs of frequency are used. When you have finished, do Latihan 2–5to check your understanding of this passage.

Pekerjaan Seorang Petanieorang petani selalu bekerja keras. Biasanya ia bangun pagi-pagi, kadang-kadang sebe-lum jam lima pagi dia sudah bangun. Seorang petani tidak pernah berlibur. Pada hari

Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya dia bekerja juga. Di samping bekerja seorang petani jugaharus membantu mengurus desanya. Ia harus membersihkan jalan di desa, ikut rapat desadan membantu dalam kegiatan-kegiatan desa.

S

Bapak Karyono misalnya. Pak Yono tinggal di Muncul, kampung kecil yang terletak kira--kira sepuluh kilometer dari kota Salatiga dan lima belas kilometer dari kota Ambarawa diprovinsi Jawa Tengah. Biasanya Pak Yono bangun sebelum jam setengah enam pagi. Ia ja-

Lesson 64

rang bangun sesudah jam enam. Pertama-tama ia bersembahyang, lalu ia sarapan nasi de-ngan sambal. Kadang-kadang ia juga makan ikan. Pak Yono selalu minum kopi yang manissekali. Jam enam ia berangkat ke sawah. Sawah Pak Yono tidak jauh dari desa Muncul, ha-nya kira-kira dua kilometer. Biasanya ia berjalan kaki tetapi kadang-kadang ia naik sepeda.Biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah menanam padi. Kira-kira jam sebelas siang Ibu Karyo-no datang ke sawah membawa makanan untuk suaminya. Mereka makan siang bersama disawah, tetapi pada hari Jumat mereka tidak pernah makan siang di sawah karena Pak Yonoharus sembahyang di mesjid. Pada jam sebelas ia sudah pulang ke rumah untuk mandi danberganti pakaian. Kalau ke mesjid ia selalu memakai baju yang bagus dan bersih. Pada jam12 siang ia bersembahyang di mesjid bersama dengan orang-orang kampung lainnya. Sesu-dah pulang bersembahyang ia selalu duduk bercakap-cakap dengan teman-temannya. Ka-dang-kadang ada rapat desa. Pak Yono dan beberapa teman bertemu di rumah KepalaDesa. Mereka berbicara tentang urusan desa dan program pembangunan pemerintah.Pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah juga tetapi kadang--kadang ia ikut berolahraga. Pak Yono suka ikut pertandingan sepak bola, dan kadang-ka-dang juga bulu tangkis. Pak Yono pandai bermain sepak bola tetapi ia tidak begitu pandaibermain bulu tangkis. Biasanya ia hanya ikut menonton pertandingan bulu tangkis.Pada hari Rabu ada pasar di desa Banyubiru tidak jauh dari desa Muncul. Ibu Karyono se-lalu pergi ke pasar Banyubiru itu untuk menjual buah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecil. BuYono seorang ibu rumah tangga yang rajin. Dia pandai sekali memasak. Sebelum berangkatke pasar ia sudah membuat roti dan kue kering. Roti dan kue Bu Yono terkenal karenaenak dan manis. Banyak orang mencari Bu Yono untuk membeli kue kering dan rotinya. Bu Yono selalu berangkat ke pasar sebelum jam lima pagi. Biasanya ia naik bemo tetapi ka-dang-kadang ia naik dokar. Biasanya ia di pasar sampai siang. Kalau buah-buahan, ikan danmakanan kecilnya sudah habis baru ia pulang. Sebelum pulang ia berbelanja. Kadang-ka-dang ia juga membeli pakaian.

Pekerjaan Seorang Petani: Retelling the Narrative

Retell the narrative Pekerjaan Seorang Petani without reading it. You don’t need to reproducethe narrative exactly as it is written. You can change the order of components, paraphrase thecontent, and insert extra information that you have made up yourself (taking care to ensure thatthe grammar is correct, of course). As you speak, you are allowed to glance at a “crib sheet” ofhalf a dozen single words and short phrases lifted from the text that will help jog your memory. Toprepare this small list, re-read the narrative Pekerjaan Seorang Petani, pulling it apart to identifythe key words and key short phrases that you think will help you remember the narrative and retellit as completely and as accurately as possible.

After you have successfully retold the narrative several times with the help of your crib sheet,throw it away and talk confidently about pekerjaan seorang petani without any help. And as yourconfidence grows, feel free to embellish the story with your own comments and inventions.

Talk about pekerjaan seorang petani to a fellow student, or your teacher/tutor, or to all themembers of a class. Ask them to put questions to you. Latihan 2 offers some good examples ofquestions, but there are many others too that can be asked.

Lesson 64

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

beberapa beside membuat for examplebekerja keras outside menanam firstly, first of allberlibur an activity misalnya to make di samping country pertama-tama to plantkegiatan to take a holiday selalu oftendi luar sweet sering alwaysnegeri to work hard suami carpentermanis to do something surat a letter melakukan some, several tukang kayu a husband

Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Pekerjaan Seorang Petani

Bacalah bacaan “Pekerjaan Seorang Petani” dan jawablah pertanyaan di bawah ini.

1. Apakah Bapak Karyono naik sepeda motor ke sawah?[2]A. Tidak. Bapak Karyono naik sepeda ke sawah.B. Ya. Pak Karyono naik sepeda motor ke sawah.C. Ya, kadang-kadang ia naik sepeda motor tapi biasanya naik sepeda.

2. Apakah Bapak Karyono selalu ikut bermain bulu tangkis?[4]A. Tidak. Ia tidak suka bermain bulu tangkis.B. Tidak. Biasanya ia hanya menonton pertandingan bulu tangkis.C. Ya. Ia bermain bulu tangkis dan sepak bola.

3. Biasanya Bapak Karyono bangun sebelum atau sesudah jam sembilan pagi?[2]A. Ia bangun kira-kira pukul setengah lima pagi.B. Biasanya, ia bangun sesudah jam sepuluh pagi.C. Ia selalu bangun pukul sembilan pagi.

4. Di mana desa Muncul?[2]A. Di dekat kota Salatiga.B. Di antara kota Salatiga dan Ambarawa.C. Jauh dari Salatiga.

5. Di mana Ibu Karyono biasanya menjual buah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecil?[5]A. Di pasar di SalatigaB. Di pasar BanyubiruC. Di pasar Ambarawa

6. Di samping bekerja di sawah seorang petani harus melakukan tugas apa?[1]A. Bermain bulu tangkis.B. Bertemu kepala desa untuk rapat.C. Berjualan* di pasar.

Lesson 64

7. Jam berapa Ibu Karyono berangkat ke pasar?[6]A. Ia berangkat kira-kira pukul lima pagi.B. Ia berangkat kira-kira pukul setengah lima pagi.C. Ia berangkat kira-kira pukul setengah enam pagi.

8. Kalau ada rapat di rumah Kepala Desa, orang desa Muncul berbicara tentang apa?[3]A. Mereka membicarakan** program pembangunan pemerintah.B. Mereka bercakap-cakap tentang olahraga.C. Mereka berbicara tentang sawah dan desa mereka.

9. Mengapa pada hari Jumat Bapak Karyono selalu pulang sebelum jam sebelas?[3]A. Karena ia harus pergi ke rumah Bapak Kepala Desa.B. Karena ia harus berjualan di pasar.C. Karena ia harus sembahyang di mesjid.

10. Pada pagi hari Bapak Karyono sarapan apa?[2]A. Ia sarapan buah-buahan.B. Ia sarapan nasi dengan sambal.C. Ia tidak sarapan.

*to be selling (professionally), **to discuss

Latihan 3—Pemahaman

Jawab pertanyaan berikut ini sesuai dengan bacaannya.

1. What other tasks that a farmer has to do? (Select all that apply) [1]A. Cleaning the roads B. Bathing the buffaloes and cowsC. Cultivating rice fieldsD. Joining the community meeting E. Cleaning a mosqueF. Participating in the community activities

2. Muncul Village is closer to Ambarawa than to Salatiga. [2]A. TrueB. False

3. What is a typical breakfast for Mr. Yono? [2]A. rice porridgeB. fried riceC. rice with meatD. rice with a chilli-based side dish

4. Pak Yono eats rice with fish on a daily basis. [3]A. TrueB. False

Lesson 64

5. What vehicle does Mr. Yono sometimes take to go to his paddy field? [2]A. A busB. A three wheeled vehicle called bemoC. A bicycleD. He does not require transportation because he always walks.

6. Why do Mr. and Mrs. Yono never eat together on Fridays? [3]A. Because Mr. Yono has to work hard on Fridays.B. Because Mrs. Yono has to do Friday Prayer at the mosque.C. Because Mrs. Yono never cooks on Fridays.D. Because Mr. Yono has to go the mosque.

7. What sport is Mr. Yono good at? [4]A. SwimmingB. SoccerC. TennisD. Badminton

8. What items does Mrs. Yono sell at the market? [5]A. snack food, meat, and fruitsB. cakes, fish, and bananasC. cakes, fish, and applesD. snack food, fish, and fruits

9. Mrs. Yono usually goes to the market at 5:00. [6]A. TrueB. False

10. What does Mr. Yono sometimes do before going home? [6]A. She cooks for Mr. Yono.B. She goes shopping.C. She buys some clothes.D. She chats with her friends

Latihan 4—Isian: Pekerjaan Seorang Petani

Lengkapilah teks di bawah ini dengan kata-kata berikut: beberapa—bekerja—berlibur bersembahyang—harus—menanam—mesjid—pembangunan—petani—rapat—sebelum

Seorang ____________ selalu ____________ keras. Biasanya ia bangun pagi-pagi, ka-

dang-kadang sebelum jam lima pagi dia sudah bangun. Seorang petani tidak pernah ____________. Pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya dia bekerja juga. Di samping

bekerja seorang petani juga harus membantu mengurus desanya. Ia harus membersih-kan jalan di desa, ikut rapat desa dan membantu dalam kegiatan-kegiatan desa.

Bapak Karyono misalnya. Pak Yono tinggal di Muncul, kampung kecil yang terletak kira-

kira sepuluh kilometer dari kota Salatiga dan lima belas kilometer dari kota Ambarawa di provinsi Jawa Tengah. Biasanya Pak Yono bangun ____________ jam setengah enam

Lesson 64

pagi. Ia tidak pernah bangun sesudah jam enam. Pertama-tama ia ____________, lalu ia

sarapan nasi dengan sambal. Kadang-kadang ia juga makan ikan. Pak Yono selalu mi-num kopi yang manis sekali. Jam enam ia berangkat ke sawah. Sawah Pak Yono tidak

jauh dari desa Muncul, hanya kira-kira dua kilometer. Biasanya ia berjalan kaki tetapi ka-dang-kadang ia naik sepeda.

Biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah ____________ padi. Kira-kira jam sebelas siang Ibu

Karyono datang ke sawah membawa makanan untuk suaminya. Mereka makan siang bersama di sawah, tetapi pada hari Jumat mereka tidak pernah makan siang di sawah

karena Pak Yono ____________ sembahyang di ____________. Pada jam sebelas ia su-dah pulang ke rumah untuk mandi dan berganti pakaian. Kalau ke mesjid ia selalu me-

makai baju yang bagus dan bersih. Pada jam 12 siang ia bersembahyang di mesjid ber-sama dengan orang-orang kampung lainnya. Sesudah pulang bersembahyang ia selalu

duduk bercakap-cakap dengan teman-temannya. Kadang-kadang ada ____________ desa. Pak Yono dan ____________ teman bertemu di rumah Kepala Desa. Mereka berbi-

cara tentang urusan desa dan program ____________ pemerintah.

Latihan 5—Isian: Pekerjaan Seorang Petani (cont.)

berbelanja—berolahraga—memasak—membeli—mencari—menjual—pandai—sampai—sebelum—terkenal

Pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah juga tetapi ka-

dang-kadang ia ikut ____________. Pak Yono suka ikut pertandingan sepak bola, dan ka-dang-kadang juga bulu tangkis. Pak Yono ____________ bermain sepak bola tetapi ia ti-

dak begitu pandai bermain bulu tangkis. Biasanya ia hanya ikut menonton pertandingan bulu tangkis.

Pada hari Rabu ada pasar di desa Banyubiru tidak jauh dari desa Muncul. Ibu Karyono

selalu pergi ke pasar Banyubiru itu untuk ____________ buah-buahan, ikan dan makanankecil. Bu Yono seorang ibu rumah tangga yang rajin. Dia pandai sekali ____________. Se-

belum berangkat ke pasar ia sudah membuat roti dan kue kering. Roti dan kue Bu Yono ____________ karena enak dan manis. Banyak orang ____________ Bu Yono untuk mem-

beli kue kering dan rotinya.

Bu Yono selalu berangkat ke pasar ____________ jam lima pagi. Biasanya ia naik bemo tetapi kadang-kadang ia naik dokar. Biasanya ia di pasar ____________ siang. Kalau bu-

Lesson 64

ah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecilnya sudah habis baru ia pulang. Sebelum pulang ia

____________. Kadang-kadang ia juga ____________ pakaian.

Latihan 6—Menyimak

Dengarkan Rekaman 064-02 di bawah ini dan pilih arti yang benar dalam bahasaInggris.

1. a. Usually a carpenter makes tables and chairs.2. b. Usually a lecturer teaches at a university.3. c. Sometimes he works making houses and garages.4. d. Often he also studies at the library.5. e. He also often makes cabinets and beds.6. f. A carpenter never works in the fields.7. g. A lecturer never teaches at primary schools.8. h. Sometimes he drinks beer at a bar.9. i. Sometimes he works at home.

Latihan 7— Frequency

Number the following words from 1-5 with 1 being the lowest frequency (never) to 5 being the highest frequency (always):

kadang-kadang—selalu—tidak pernah—sering—jarang

Latihan 8—Menyimak

Dengarkan Rekaman 064-03 dan pilih arti yang benar dalam bahasa Inggris.

1. a. She is a wealthy businesswoman. 2. b. Sometimes I go to the mountains to paint pictures.3. c. I never work at night.4. d. Usually I take phone calls and type letters.5. e. Do you sometimes go to the mountains to paint pictures?6. f. As a waiter you always have to be friendly with customers in the

restaurant.7. g. She often goes overseas.

Lesson 64

Latihan 9—Jenis-jenis Pekerjaan

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. seorang dosen a. a secretary2. seorang tukang kayu b. an artist3. seorang mahasiswa c. a journalist4. seorang montir d. a mechanic5. seorang seniman e. a housewife6. seorang ibu rumah tangga f. a cook7. seorang tukang masak g. a university student8. seorang sekretaris h. a taxi driver9. seorang wartawan i. a carpenter

10. seorang sopir taksi j. a lecturer (university teacher)11. seorang pelukis k. a painter (artist)

Latihan 10—Kosa Kata

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

baru cookies rapat alwayshabis development sambal a little bitkeras finished, gone sedikit matterkue kering hard, vigorously urusan meetingmakanan kecil new tidak pernah usuallymengurus organisation kadang-kadang neverorganisasi organise, take care of biasanya oftenpembangunan snacks sering chili-based dishselalu sometimes

Lesson 64

Latihan 11—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)

Mendatar:1. a letter (written communication)4. not many, not much, a little6. chilli-based side dish8. to take care of10. for example11. a meeting13. activity16. economic development17. it is only then that..., before18. always19. sweetMenurun:2. matters requiring attention,

affairs3. to take a holiday5. to plant7. hard, vigorously8. to do something9. often12. some, several14. husband15. used up, finished

Lesson 65

Berwawancara Dengan Orang Desa

Aims

• To practise talking about, and with, villagers.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

bangun to wake up misalnya for examplebarang things, goods pembangunan developmentbersembahyang to pray pendapat opinionbertanya to ask a question perempuan female, a womanikut to join activity perlu to needkue a cake, snacks petani a farmerlakukan to do rapat a meetinglalu and then sampai untilmakanan food sawah paddy fieldmasyarakat a community sebelum beforemembawa to bring, to take sedikit a little bitmencari to look for singgah to make short visitmenjual to sell terlalu too (as in ‘too much’)menurut according to urusan things, matter

An Interview With Two Villagers

In Lesson 64 you met Bapak Karyono and Ibu Karyono, two villagers who live in Muncul, Cent-ral Java. Now, imagine that you are a student (mahasiswa) from Widya Buana University. You aredoing a research assignment in Muncul. You interview Bapak Karyono and Ibu Karyono, askingthem about details of their working lives. Here is the transcript of a possible interview, but listen toSound File 065-01 before!

65

Lesson 65

Wawancara dengan Bapak & Ibu Karyono (1)

Listen carefully to Sound File 065-01. Before you read the transcript of theinterview, answer the following questions:

1. On what day of the week does the farmer wake up at 6:00?2. What does he usually do at 9:00?3. Who brings him food to the paddy field?4. What does his wife do for a living?5. What items does the farmer usually buy at the market?

Answer the questions while listening; then read the transcript to check your answers.

Selamat sore, Bapak dan Ibu. Saya perlu informasi tentang pekerjaan seorang petani. Apakah saya boleh bertanya sedikit kepada Bapak dan Ibu?

Silakan.

Biasanya jam berapa Bapak bangun?

Biasanya saya bangun sebelum jam lima pagi tetapi pada hari Minggu saya bangun kira-kira jam enam.

Lalu apa yang Bapak lakukan?

Saya bersembahyang dan sarapan, lalu saya pergi ke sawah.

Berapa lama Bapak bekerja di sawah?

Saya tidak pernah pulang sebelum jam sepuluh pagi dan biasanya saya bekerja di sawah sampai jam dua siang, kadang-kadang sampai sore.

Apakah Bapak juga makan di sawah?

Ya. Istri saya selalu membawa makanan untuk saya.

O begitu. Bu, boleh saya bertanya kepada Ibu?

Silakan.

Apakah Ibu juga ikut mencari uang?

Ya. Saya membuat kue dan roti yang saya jual di pasar Banyubiru.

Apakah Bapak juga ikut menjual roti dan kue?

Lesson 65

O, tidak pernah. Bapak tidak pandai menjual barang-barang di pasar. Tetapi kadang-kadang dia berbelanja di pasar.

Bapak perlu membeli apa di pasar?

Biasanya saya mencari pakaian. Kadang-kadang saya juga perlu alat-alat untuk pekerjaan saya.

Bu, apakah Ibu juga kadang-kadang menjual kue dan roti di pasar Salatiga atau di pasarAmbarawa?

Tidak pernah. Salatiga dan Ambarawa terlalu jauh untuk saya.

Apakah Ibu juga ikut rapat desa dengan Bapak?

Kadang-kadang, tetapi saya selalu ikut rapat ibu-ibu di kampung kami.

O, ada rapat ibu-ibu?

Ada.

Apa yang Ibu lakukan dalam rapat-rapat itu?

Kami berbicara tentang masalah-masalah di kampung kami. Kami membantu perempuan di desa kami dan kami juga bercakap-cakap tentang program pembangunanpemerintah di desa kami.

Hmmm, bagus. Jadi, tidak ada masalah besar di desa Bapak dan Ibu?

Aduh! Ada! Banyak juga masalah di desa kami.

Misalnya?

Misalnya, di desa kami perlu sekali ada...

Exercise 65-01

Below you will find five ways that Ibu (or Bapak) Karyono might have completed the last sen-tence in the interview above. Choose one of them and write several new sentences of dialoguebetween the guest and Ibu or Bapak Karyono. A model answer is given immediately below for youto refer to if necessary, but use your own ideas and creativity while ensuring that what you write isgrammatically correct and culturally appropriate. Using saya kira or menurut pendapat saya pluslebih baik, or sebaiknya give Ibu or Bapak Karyono some polite suggestions about what theyshould do.

Lesson 65

Model answer:Ibu/Bapak Karyono: Misalnya di desa kami belum ada terminal bis. Bis-bis tidak singgah di desa kami. Kami ingin sekali membangun terminal bis di desa kami.Tamu: Apakah ada uang untuk membangun terminal bis?Ibu/Bapak Karyono: Belum ada. Kami masih mencari uang. Katanya pemerintah akan membantu kami.Tamu: Menurut pendapat saya, sebaiknya Ibu/Bapak jangan membangun terminal bis dulu. Terlalu mahal. Lebih baik Ibu/Bapak membangun sekolah......

Starters (choose one of these to complete Ibu or Bapak Karyono’s last sentence and add fur-ther comments):

(a) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada pasar. Orang di desa Muncul harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk berbelanja dan menjual barang-barang. Kalau ada pasar di desa Muncul kami bisa.... Kami ingin sekali ....

(b) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada sekolah. Anak-anak dari desa Muncul harus naik bemo ke Ambarawa untuk bersekolah. Kalau ada sekolah di desa Muncul anak kami bisa .... Kami ingin sekali ....

(c) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada kantor desa. Bapak Kepala Desa harus bekerja di rumahnya. Tetapi rumahnya kecil sekali. Kalau ada kantor di desa Muncul Bapak Kepala Desa bisa .... Kami ingin sekali ....

(d) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada pabrik. Di desa Muncul banyak orang yang miskin. Mereka tidak punya pekerjaan. Kalau ada pabrik di desa Muncul orang-orang miskin bisa .... Kami ingin sekali ....

(e) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada lapangan olahraga atau gedung olahraga. Anak-anak kami suka sekali bermain badminton, tenis dan sepak bola, tetapi tidak ada lapangan atau gedung untuk mereka. Mereka harus bermain di jalan! Kalau ada lapangan olahraga atau gedung olahraga masyarakat di desa kami bisa… Kami ingin sekali…

Role Play: Berwawancara Dengan Seorang Petani

Carefully read (i) the information in Pekerjaan Seorang Petani as well as (ii) the interviewbetween the visitor from Universitas Widya Buana and Bapak and Ibu Karyono and (iii) the aspira-tions of the people of Muncul as sketched in Exercise 64-02. Learn by heart as much of thesethree sources as you can. Taking the interview as your beginning point, but fleshing it out withwords and phrases taken from the reading passage and Exercise 64-02, recreate the interview ina role play involving three actors. If necessary make big (or small) cue cards that you can glanceat while you are rehearsing. Repeat the role play several times until you are confident that youhave mastered the basic questions, answers, events and issues without using cue cards. Then goback over the material you have studied in Modules One to Four, ransacking them for ideas andwords that you can use to bulk up the role play, making it longer, more diverse and more interest-ing. For example, go back to Lesson 55 in which there is a debate about the merits of living in thecountry and the city. Add your own personal touches to the role play (but make sure your Indone-sian is grammatically correct).

When you have mastered the role play smoothly and creatively, try using some of its themes,phrases and words as a kick-off point for the development of a new role play in which peoplefrom other occupations are interviewed. Try role playing an interview with, for example, a waiter or

Lesson 65

waitress (pelayan), a shop assistant (karyawan toko), a university student (mahasiswa), a house-wife (ibu rumah tangga), a public servant (pegawai negeri) or a businessman / businesswoman(pengusaha).

An Interview With Two Villagers

Below is the possible continuation of the interview that you listened to at the beginningof this lesson. Listen to Sound File 065-02 before reading the transcription.

Misalnya, di desa kami perlu sekali ada pasar. Orang di desa kami harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk berbelanja dan menjual barang-barang.

Apakah transportasi ke desa lain sulit?

Ya...tidak juga tapi perlu waktu yang cukup lama.

Apa ada lagi masalah besar di kampung ini?

Kami juga perlu sekali dokter perempuan.

Mengapa?

Ya di sini sudah ada dokter laki-laki tetapi ibu-ibu lebih suka berobat ke dokter perempuan karena mereka lebih mudah berbicara dengan dokter perempuan.

Ada lagi?

Ya...di sini belum ada sekolah menengah. Yang ada hanya SD. Jadi anak-anak kami setelah SD harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk bersekolah di SMP dan SMA.

O begitu. Lalu apakah ada masalah lain, Bu?

Di desa kami belum ada pabrik. Di desa kami banyak juga orang yang belum bekerja. Kalau ada pabrik pasti mereka dapat bekerja. Dan ekonomi desa kami akan lebih baik.

Ada masalah lainnya?

Ada satu lagi. Di desa kami tidak ada lapangan atau gedung olahraga. Anak-anak kami sangat suka berolahraga seperti sepak bola dan badminton. Tapi tidak ada lapangan ataugedung untuk mereka.

Lesson 65

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

bangun to follow, go along mencari to sell somethingbarang to worship, to pray menjual for examplebersembahyang cake misalnya to look for, to seekbertanya to do (something) pembangunan femaleikut to get up perempuan developmentkue food rapat a meetinglakukan to ask a question sampai toolalu community, society sebelum to drop bymakanan a thing, goods singgah until (a certain time)masyarakat to take, bring, carry terlalu before membawa ago, last

Latihan 2—An Interview with Two Villagers

Read the interview and decide whether the following statements are right or wrong.

1. On Sundays Pak Yono wakes up later because he does not work.BENARSALAH

2. On Sundays Pak Yono goes to church.BENARSALAH

3. Pak Yono prepares his lunch in the field.BENARSALAH

4. Pak Yono buys stuff at the market but he never sells anything.BENARSALAH

5. The tamu (guest) asks whether Bu Yono also earns money. What phrase is used for “toearn money”? ___________

6. Pak Yono occasionally purchases various agricultural tools on the market. What is theword for “all kinds of tools”? ___________

7. Ibu Karyono also has to attend meetings. What is the word for “meeting”? _______

8. Bu Yono says that her village faces many problematic issues. What is the word for “is-sue, problem”? ___________

Lesson 65

Latihan 3—Menyimak

Listen to Sound File 065-01 and fill in the blanks.

Selamat sore, Bapak dan Ibu. Saya perlu informasi tentang __________ seorang petani. Apakah saya boleh __________ sedikit kepada Bapak dan Ibu?

Silakan.

Biasanya jam __________ Bapak bangun?

Biasanya saya bangun sebelum jam lima pagi tetapi pada hari Minggu saya bangun ki-ra-kira jam enam.

Lalu apa yang Bapak __________?

Saya bersembahyang dan __________, lalu saya pergi ke sawah.

Berapa lama Bapak bekerja di sawah?

Saya tidak pernah pulang sebelum jam sepuluh pagi dan biasanya saya bekerja di sa-

wah sampai jam dua siang, kadang-kadang __________ sore.

Apakah Bapak juga makan di sawah?

Ya. Istri saya selalu membawa __________ untuk saya.

O __________. Bu, boleh saya bertanya kepada Ibu?

Silakan.

Apakah Ibu juga ikut __________ uang?

Ya. Saya membuat kue dan roti yang saya __________ di pasar Banyubiru.

Apakah Bapak juga ikut __________ roti dan kue?

O, tidak pernah. Bapak tidak pandai menjual barang-barang di pasar. Tetapi kadang--kadang dia berbelanja di __________.

Bapak perlu membeli apa di pasar?

Biasanya saya mencari pakaian. Kadang-kadang saya juga perlu alat-alat untuk

__________ saya.

Lesson 65

Bu, apakah Ibu juga kadang-kadang menjual __________ dan roti di pasar Salatiga atau

di pasar Ambarawa?

Tidak pernah. Salatiga dan Ambarawa __________ jauh untuk saya.

Apakah Ibu juga ikut __________ desa dengan Bapak?

Kadang-kadang, tetapi saya selalu ikut rapat ibu-ibu di __________ kami.

O, ada rapat ibu-ibu?

__________.

Apa yang Ibu __________ dalam rapat-rapat itu?

Kami berbicara tentang masalah-masalah di kampung kami. Kami __________ perempu-

an di desa kami dan kami juga bercakap-cakap tentang program pembangunan __________ di desa kami.

Hmmm, bagus. Jadi, tidak ada masalah besar di desa Bapak dan Ibu?

Aduh! Ada! Banyak juga __________ di desa kami.

Misalnya?

Misalnya, di desa kami perlu sekali ada...

Latihan 4—Isian

Listen to Sound File 065-02 and fill in the blanks.

__________, di desa kami perlu sekali ada pasar. Orang di desa kami harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk berbelanja dan menjual barang-barang.

Apakah transportasi ke desa __________ sulit?

Ya... tidak juga tapi perlu __________ yang cukup lama.

Apa ada lagi __________ besar di kampung ini?

Lesson 65

Kami juga perlu sekali __________ perempuan.

Mengapa?

Ya di sini sudah ada dokter laki-laki tetapi ibu-ibu lebih suka berobat ke dokter perempuan karena mereka lebih __________ berbicara dengan dokter perempuan.

Ada lagi?

Ya...di sini belum ada sekolah __________. Yang ada hanya SD. Jadi anak-anak kami setelah SD harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk bersekolah di SMP dan SMA.

O begitu. __________ apakah ada masalah lain, Bu?

Di desa kami belum ada pabrik. Di desa kami banyak juga orang yang belum bekerja. Kalau ada pabrik __________ mereka dapat bekerja. Dan ekonomi desa kami akan lebih baik.

Ada masalah lainnya?

Ada satu lagi. Di desa kami tidak ada __________ atau gedung olahraga. Anak-anak kami sangat suka berolahraga seperti sepak bola dan badminton. Tapi tidak ada lapangan atau __________ untuk mereka.

Latihan 5—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)Mendatar:3. to pray4. to ask6. a meeting8. to do (something)10. to get up (out of bed)11. to go/come along13. to look for, to seek14. before (a certain time/event)15. until (a certain time)16. for example17. then, after that18. to drop by, to make a short stopMenurun:1. economic development2. female5. too (as in “too much”)7. to sell something9. cake12. to take, to bring13. food

Lesson 66

Mengucapkan Huruf Abjad

Aims

• To learn how to pronounce the letters of the Indonesian alphabet and use them in abbreviations.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the fre-quent words used in this les-son that have appeared inprevious lessons. Make surethat you remember theirmeanings.

alamat address di samping itu in addition to thatbagaimana how kata wordberasal (dari) to originate (from) maaf sorrybertanya to ask mencari to look forboleh may, can mengucapkan to pronounce, to say

Saying the Alphabet in Indonesian

You may have noticed already that abbreviations are often used in In-donesian. There are literally thousands of commonly used acronymsand abbreviations, and they pop up in profusion in every domain of life.

It is important to be able to recognise and use the most frequentones, and it is equally important to pronounce them correctly. Home-

work is known as PR, pronounced “pe er”, and a first aid kit is known in Indonesian as P3K pro-nounced “pe tiga ka”, where the 3 indicates that the letter P occurs three times. P3K is the abbre-viation of Pertolongan Pertama Pada Kecelakaan (first aid in an accident).

In all languages that use the Roman, also called the Latin, alphabet, each letter of the languagehas its own name. These “names” usually mimic the way the letter is pronounced, but in Englishthe name of a letter is not always related to its pronunciation. The letter W is called “double u” be-cause it is a novel letter composed of a reduplicated U (which historically was written V).

Di Indonesia, banyak anak-anak di samping abjad Latin, juga belajar abjad ArabThis work by Damon Taylor is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0 Generic License

66

Lesson 66

In Indonesian, if you spell the letters of the alphabet, their “names” always correctly reproducethe sound the letter. Listen to the Sound File 066-01 and try to memorise the alphabet.

Letter Sound Letter Sound Letter Sound Letter Sound a a h ha o o v ve b be i i p pe w we c ce j je q ki x eks d de k ka r er y ye e e l el s es z zet f ef m em t te g ge n en u u

Cara Indonesia: The Alphabet and History

The Indonesian term for “alphabet” is abjad, and for “letter (of thealphabet)” huruf. Both these words are borrowed from Arabic. Just as theEnglish word “alphabet” derives from the first two letters of the Greek alpha-bet (alpha and beta), so too the Arabic term abjad is a snapshot of the firstfour letters of the Arabic alphabet (ā b j d). And just as the English words “let-ter” and “literally” are etymologically related (both ultimately descended fromthe Latin litera), so too in Indonesian the words huruf (letter) and harafiah (liter-ally) are derived from the same Arabic root: h-r-f.

The Indonesian alphabet, with its combination of Arabic terminology andEuropean letters that are pronounced Dutch-style, preserves a memory of the history of liter-

acy in Indonesia. With the arrival of Islam the Arabic abjad becamewidely used in the islands of Indonesia, but during the era of Dutchcolonial rule it was almost wholly displaced in everyday life by theWestern European alphabet inherited from the Roman empire.

Learn to say the huruf in alphabetical order first, then using flash-cards with a single letter written on each, practise saying the lettersof the abjad in random or shuffled order. Then take some commonabbreviations from your own environment and practise saying themIndonesian-style.

Mohon Perhatian!!

It is still quite common to hear variant pronunciations of the letters of the abjad.For example, the letter C is still quite often pronounced like “say” as it used to bebefore the spelling reform of 1972. In Module 3 of The Indonesian Way you met theterm WC (a toilet) which is still widely pronounced “way say” rather than “way chay”(although the latter pronunciation is sometimes heard too). Similarly the term AC (airconditioning) is usually pronounced “ah say”. Sometimes too you hear people use

“ee grek” for the letter Y and “koo” for the letter Q. But these are exceptions for noting only. Apartfrom saying “way say” and “ah say” you probably won’t need to practise using them.

Right: Belajar Abjad ABC. © Titik Yuni

Lesson 66

Asking How Something Is Spelled / Written / Pronounced

Your name may be unfamiliar to the Indonesian people you meet and you may have to spell itout letter by letter. Also, as you study the Indonesian language you will often encounter difficultpersonal names or place names, not to mention ordinary items of vocabulary. You will need to askabout the spelling of these words and recognise this spelling when it is spoken to you. To askhow something is spelled you say:

Bagaimana ejaannya? Bagaimana ejaan nama teman Anda?How is it spelled? What is the spelling of your friend’s name?

Bagaimana tulisannya?How is it written?

Similarly, when you read a word or name (or hear it indistinctly), it may not be clear to you howit should be pronounced, so you may need to ask:

Bagaimana ucapannya? Bagaimana ejaan kata “air”?How is it pronounced? How do you spell the word “air”?

Siapa nama Bapak? Nama saya Sudibyo.

Maaf siapa? Sudibyo.

Bagaimana tulisannya? es u de i be ye o.

Terima kasih, Pak. Maaf, Pak, sekali lagi bagaimana ucapannya? su di byo.

Sudibyo. Terima kasih. Bapak berasal dari mana? Saya dari Wates.

Wates? Bagaimana ejaannya, Pak? we a te e es.

Wa...tes. Hm, ucapannya bagaimana? Wates.

Wates. Terima kasih, Pak. Terima kasih kembali.

Abbreviations

A huge number of abbreviations are used in official contexts as well as in everyday lifein Indonesia. Here are some of them. Listen to Sound File 066-03.

TNI Tentara Nasional Indonesia (The National Army of Indonesia)RRC Republik Rakyat Cina (The Chinese People’s Republic)

Lesson 66

UI Universitas Indonesia (The University of Indonesia)UGM Universitas Gadjah Mada (Gadjah Mada University)OPM Organisasi Papua Merdeka (The Free Papua Movement)TVRI Televisi Republik Indonesia (Indonesia’s State TV station)SH Sarjana Hukum (the Master of Law degree)VW Volkswagen (the well-known German make of cars)

Role Play: Getting The Details Right

Imagine that you are a reporter (seorang wartawan), a researcher (seorang peneliti), a censusofficial (seorang pegawai dari kantor sensus) or an office clerk (seorang pegawai kantor). With afellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, devise a dialogue in which you quiz a older person ontheir personal details. Use Bapak and Ibu, the second person pronouns that are appropriate foraddressing an older person whom you don’t know well.You need to be sure that you record theirdetails with perfect accuracy, concentrating particularly on the spelling and pronunciation of per-sonal names and place names. You verify the accuracy of the information you are recording byasking:

Bagaimana tulisannya?Bagaimana ejaanya?

and Bagaimana ucapannya?

Go back to the model dialogue (Sound File 066-02go. Notice especially the use of these terms:

Maaf? (when you haven’t heard clearly or didn’t understand)Sorry?

Sekali lagi. (when you want someone to repeat what they just said)Once again/Once more.

The questions you ask will probably include:

Siapa nama Bapak/Ibu?Bapak/Ibu berasal dari mana?Apa alamat Bapak/Ibu?Di mana Bapak/Ibu bekerja?Di mana Bapak/Ibu bersekolah dulu?Siapa nama anak Bapak/Ibu?Siapa nama orang tua Bapak/Ibu?

When you feel that you are saying the spelling of personal names and places names accur-ately, swap roles and take on new roles. Don’t forget to begin each round of practice by identify-ing yourself and making a polite request to ask questions. For example…

Selamat pagi, Bu. Saya wartawan dari surat kabar Berita Baru. Saya mencari sedikit informasi. Apakah saya boleh bertanya kepada Ibu?

Lesson 66

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

alamat to ask boleh sorrybagaimana address kata can, mayberasal how maaf to look forbertanya come from mencari word

Latihan 2—How Would You Spell This Word?

Write it down as if you were to spell it to someone (e.g. for ibu the spelling would be “i be u”, for bapak “be a pe a ka”)

1. Arifin ............................................................................................................................2. Jakarta ............................................................................................................................3. Susanti ............................................................................................................................4. valuta ............................................................................................................................5. Yogya ............................................................................................................................6. New York ............................................................................................................................7. Sphinx ............................................................................................................................8. Qatar ............................................................................................................................9. rakyat ............................................................................................................................

10. Abdullah ............................................................................................................................

Latihan 3—Abbreviations

Listen to Sound File 066-03 and write down the abbreviations you hear.

1. ..........................................................................2. ..........................................................................3. ..........................................................................4. ..........................................................................5. ..........................................................................6. ..........................................................................7. ..........................................................................8. ..........................................................................

Lesson 66

Latihan 4—Abbreviation and Spelling

Write down the abbreviation and spelling of the full terms below.

Full Term Abbreviation SpellingPartai Kebangkitan Bangsa PKB pe ka be

Radio Republik IndonesiaHotel IndonesiaRepublik IndonesiaBahan Bakar MinyakGereja Kristen IndonesiaPartai Demokrasi IndonesiaDewan Perwakilan RakyatPerusahaan Listrik NegaraRajawali Citra Televisi Indonesia

Latihan 5—Rangkai Kata

Word order in nonverbal clauses is flexible. Usually the subject precedes the predicate whichcontains the new information. So if you are asked “Who is your teacher?” you put the new inform-ation (the fact that your teacher is Pak Hamid) into the predicate: “Guru saya Pak Hamid”. Thepredicate may also precede the subject: “Pak Hamid guru saya”. This is usually done in order toemphasise the predicate: “Mr. Hamid is my teacher.”

Note that question words (siapa, apa, di mana etc) when they are predicate usually precede thesubject: “Siapa guru Anda?” is more common than “Guru Anda siapa?” but both constructionsare grammatically perfectly acceptable.

Subject – Predicate Predicate – Subject TranslationRumah saya besar. Besar rumah saya. My house is big.

Siapa nama Bapak?Rumah itu masih baru.Anda mau pergi ke mana?Alamat rumah Bapak apa?Bapak bekerja di mana?Bapak bersekolah di mana dulu?Nama anak Bapak siapa?Harganya berapa?Bajumu bagus sekali.

Lesson 66

Latihan 6—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)

Mendatar:2. to pronounce4. researcher8. pronunciationMenurun:1. to go to school3. alphabet5. writing6. letter (in an alphabet)7. spelling

Lesson 67

Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah

Aims

• To learn some important items of vocabulary needed to talk aboutschooling.

• To make a start reading semi-technical Indonesian and talking aboutschools

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

bagian section, department menyimpan to keep, to storebersembahyang to do prayers misalnya for exampledaerah region, area pekerjaan job, occupationhampir almost penting importanthp cellphone rapat a meetingjadi so sampai untiljenis type sejarah historykebun garden sekolah dasar primary schoolkemerdekaan independence sekolah menengah a secondary schoolkerajinan tangan handicrafts selalu alwayslantai floor wisatawan touristmenyapu to sweep

Before, After, Above and Below

The prepositions sebelum (before), sesudah (after), di atas (above) and di bawah (below) haveappeared in previous lessons of The Indonesian Way. Let’s review them briefly.

Sebelum and sesudah can appear before a noun or name, and before a verb. In the latter casethe verb is the counterpart of the English gerund, or the –ing form of a verb, in phrases like “be-fore going”, “after eating” etc.

Sebelum saya bersembahyang saya selalu mandi dulu.Before I do my prayers I always take a bath first.

67

Lesson 67

Sebelum bersembahyang saya selalu mandi dulu.Before doing my prayers I always take a bath first.Sesudah Sarah pulang dia makan dengan suaminya.After Sarah comes home she has a meal with her husband.Sesudah pulang Sarah makan dengan suaminya.After coming home Sarah has a meal with her husband.

Sebelum itu and sebelumnya (before that, prior to that) and sesudah itu or sesudahnya (afterthat, later) are very common and very useful conjunctions.

Depending on context, di atas can mean “on top of” and also “above” or “over” or “up there”.Similarly di bawah can mean “underneath”, but also “below” or “beneath” or “down there”. Keatas and ke bawah suggest movement towards a place.

Dia duduk di atas meja!She sat on top of the table!Pesawat terbang lewat di atas pulau kecil.The plane passed over a small island.Mereka berjalan ke atas.They walked up to the top.Wisatawan itu melihat ke bawah.The tourist looked down.

Both atas and bawah can function as adjectives, usually meaning “upper” and “lower” respect-ively.

lantai atasthe upper floor(s)(e.g. of a building)

sekolah menengah atasupper middle schooli.e. high school

kelas atasthe upper class

lantai bawahthe lower floor(s)(e.g. of a building)

bagian bawahthe lower part

kelas bawahthe lower class

Sistem Pendidikan di Indonesia (Bagian Satu)

The main goal of this Module is to give you the capacity to talk about work and occupations,especially in the context of an interview for a job. To do this well you need to be able to ask andanswer questions about schooling, especially schooling in Indonesia.

Lesson 67

Here is the first part of some basic information about school education in Indonesia (thesecond part follows in the next lesson). This is a passage of semi-technical Indonesian. Read itthrough carefully checking for unfamiliar words in the vocabulary cards for this lesson.

Listen to Sound File 067-02. When you have finished listening to the sound file andreading the transcription, test your understanding of this text by doing Latihan 3–5.

Jenis-Jenis SekolahDi Indonesia ada bermacam-macam sekolah. Mi-salnya ada sekolah negeri, ada juga sekolah swas-ta. Ada sekolah umum, ada juga sekolah kejuru-an. Ada sekolah pagi, ada juga sekolah siang. Adasekolah dasar, dan ada juga sekolah menengah.Dan ada juga sekolah internasional yang mema-kai bahasa Inggris, bahasa Jepang, bahasa Prancisdan bahasa-bahasa lain. Anak Indonesia bolehbersekolah di sekolah internasional tetapi sekolahinternasional tidak termasuk dalam sistem pendi-dikan sekolah di Indonesia.Sekolah negeri itu milik pemerintah. Guru-gurudi sekolah negeri itu pegawai negeri. Sekolah

swasta itu milik organisasi swasta. Organisasi swasta sebagian besar organisasi agama. Adabanyak sekolah milik organisasi-organisasi Islam. Ada juga sekolah Katolik, sekolah Kris-ten dan sekolah Hindu. Guru-guru di sekolah swasta bukan pegawai negeri. Ada sekolahumum yang memberikan bermacam-macam mata pelajaran umum tetapi ada juga sekolahkejuruan. Di sana anak dapat belajar tentang bermacam-macam pekerjaan. Semua sekolahmemberikan mata pelajaran “muatan lokal”. Dalam mata pelajaran “muatan lokal” anak--anak belajar tentang hal-hal yang penting untuk daerah tempat mereka tinggal. Oleh ka-rena itu setiap daerah di Indonesia mempunyai kurikulum yang sedikit berbeda dengankurikulum di daerah-daerah lain.Gedung sekolah di Indonesia masih kurang banyak. Oleh karena itu ada sekolah yang me-makai gedung sekolah pada pagi hari saja, mulai jam tujuh pagi sampai jam 12 siang. Laluada sekolah lain yang memakai gedung itu pada siang hari, mulai jam satu siang sampaijam enam sore.Pendidikan DasarAda tiga tingkat pendidikan: pendidikan dasar, pendidikan menengah dan pendidikantinggi. Untuk anak yang berumur enam tahun sampai dua belas tahun ada sekolah dasar(SD). Ada kira-kira seratus empat puluh ribu (140.000) sekolah dasar di Indonesia. Ham-pir di setiap desa ada sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar anak belajar membaca dan menulis.Mereka juga belajar matematika dasar, ilmu pengetahuan dasar, bahasa Indonesia, sejarahIndonesia, sejarah dunia, agama, ilmu bumi Indonesia, ilmu bumi dunia, kerajinan tangandan menyanyi. Di samping itu, mereka belajar olahraga seperti sepak bola, bulu tangkisdan bola voli. Biasanya ada kebun di sekolah dasar dan anak juga menanam sayur-sayurandan bermacam-macam tanaman lain. Di samping bekerja di kebun anak-anak juga harusmenyapu gedung sekolah dan halaman sekolah.

Lesson 67

Exercise 67-01—Indonesia’s Complex School System

As you can see from Bagian Satu of Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia, Indonesia’sschool system is quite complex. There are at least eight variables that determine what a sekolah islike:

negeriswastaumumkejuruan

pagisiangdasarmenengah

Go to the internet, or to whatever other reliable sources you can find, and craft some authen-tic-sounding names for three imaginary (or real) Indonesian schools.

Then…(i) refer to the list of variables above, and (ii) lift phrases and words from “Sistem Pendidikan

Sekolah di Indonesia” to record brief profiles for each of the three schools, perhaps eight or tensentences for each school (more if you can manage it). Make each school as different as possiblefrom the others. Record complete sentences and use your imagination to add unique details foreach school. For example, say very precisely where the school is (di Jalan _____, di samping…, didekat…, tidak jauh dari….). How many anak study at the school, how many guru teach at theschool, and how many pegawai work in the office at the school? What is the name of the kepalasekolah?

When you are satisfied that your profiles are in correct Indonesian and as detailed as possible,learn the main features of each profile by heart and present the information in fluent, con-fident, clear spoken Indonesian.

For example you might start as Sound File 067-03:

aya ingin memberikan sedikit informasi tentang tiga sekolah di Indonesia. Pertama-ta-ma, Sekolah Dasar Kemiri. Sekolah Dasar Kemiri di desa Simpang tidak jauh dari pusat

kota Padang di Sumatra Barat. Tiga ratus anak bersekolah di sekolah itu, dan ada dua pu-luh guru. Jadi sekolah itu tidak kecil tetapi juga tidak besar sekali. Sekolah itu sekolah nege-ri. Sekolah negeri itu milik pemerintah. Guru-guru di Sekolah Dasar Kemiri itu pegawainegeri.

S

You can also do this exercise with a tutor or with other learners. In this case you can turn thisexercise into an interactive one having your audience ask you questions after you have finished,or better still, they should interrupt you (Permisi…) as you speak. Some of their questions mightstart like this:

Ada berapa …. di sekolah itu?Apakah sekolah itu sekolah negeri / besar / modern / … … … ?Apakah ada …. di sekolah itu?Di sekolah itu, apakah anak-anak dapat belajar … ?

Lesson 67

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

bagian region, subdistrict of larger territory

bersembahyang almost

daerah mobile phone, hand phone

hampir so

HP to pray, to worship

jadi a part

jenis to store

kebun handicrafts

kemerdekaan the floor

kerajinan tangan type

lantai national/political independence

menyimpan garden, plantation

Latihan 2—Kosa Kata Lalu II

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. misalnya a. important

2. pekerjaan b. until (a certain time)

3. penting c. meeting

4. rapat d. job

5. sampai e. for example

6. sejarah f. private, i.e. not state-owned

7. Sekolah Dasar g. always

8. Sekolah Menengah Pertama h. primary/elementary school

9. selalu i. tourist

10. swasta j. intermediate school

11. wisatawan k. history

Lesson 67

Latihan 3—Pemahaman 1

Bacalah teks “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan di bawah ini.

1. What kind of schools exist in Indonesia?A. There are only two kind of schools: state or private.B. There are many different types of schools, including international schools as well.

2. Are international schools included in the school education system in Indonesia?A. Yes, all international schools are government schools.B. No, but Indonesian children may still attend them.C. International schools are exclusively for foreigners.

3. Public schools belong to...A. the governmentB. private organizationsC. the tuition payers

4. What is the status of public schools teachers?A. They are unionised workersB. Most are volunteersC. They are civil servants

5. Because of a lack of buildings in Indonesia, some schools are used in the morning and inthe afternoon. What is the morning schedule?A. 5:00-10:00B. 6:00-11:00C. 7:00-12:00D. 8:00-13:00

6. How many levels of education are there in Indonesia?A. OneB. TwoC. ThreeD. Four

7. According to the passage, what is the approximate number of primary schools (sekolahdasar) in Indonesia?A. 50,000B. 80,000C. 120,000D. 140,000

8. What facilities are commonly found in Indonesian primary schools?A. Swimming poolsB. Photography laboratoriesC. Educational gardensD. Basket ball courts

Lesson 67

Latihan 4—Pemahaman 2

Bacalah teks “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan di bawah ini.

1. Ada lebih dari dua ratus ribu sekolah dasar di Indonesia.A. BenarB. Salah

2. Ada sekolah swasta Hindu di Indonesia.A. BenarB. Salah

3. Ada sekolah yang memakai gedung sekolah pada pagi hari saja.A. BenarB. Salah

4. Anak-anak di sekolah dasar membersihkan gedung sekolah dan halaman sekolah.A. BenarB. Salah

5. Biasanya anak belajar di SD selama dua tahun.A. BenarB. Salah

6. Dalam mata pelajaran “muatan lokal” anak-anak belajar tentang hal-hal yang penting un-tuk daerah tempat tinggal mereka .A. BenarB. Salah

7. Di Indonesia ada juga sekolah yang memakai bahasa Jepang.A. BenarB. Salah

8. Gedung sekolah di Indonesia sudah cukup banyak.A. BenarB. Salah

9. Guru-guru di sekolah negeri bukan pegawai negeri.A. BenarB. Salah

10. Semua kurikulum di Indonesia sama saja di semua daerah.A. BenarB. Salah

Latihan 5—Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia

Dengarkanlah Rekaman 067-02 dan lengkapilah kalimat di bawah ini.

Di Indonesia ada bermacam-macam sekolah. Misalnya ada sekolah negeri, ada jugasekolah _____________. Ada sekolah umum, ada juga sekolah _____________. Ada seko-

Lesson 67

lah pagi, ada juga sekolah siang. Ada sekolah dasar, dan ada juga _____________. Dan

ada juga sekolah internasional yang memakai bahasa Inggris, bahasa Jepang, bahasa Prancis dan bahasa-bahasa lain. Anak Indonesia boleh bersekolah di sekolah internasio-

nal tetapi sekolah internasional tidak termasuk dalam _____________ pendidikan sekolah di Indonesia.

Sekolah negeri itu milik pemerintah. Guru-guru di sekolah _____________ itu pegawai ne-

geri. Sekolah swasta itu milik organisasi swasta. Organisasi swasta _____________ orga-nisasi agama. Ada banyak sekolah milik organisasi-organisasi Islam. Ada juga sekolah

Katolik, sekolah Kristen dan sekolah Hindu. Guru-guru di sekolah swasta bukan pegawainegeri. Ada sekolah umum yang memberikan bermacam-macam _____________ umum

tetapi ada juga sekolah kejuruan. Di sana anak dapat belajar tentang bermacam-macam pekerjaan. Semua sekolah memberikan mata pelajaran “muatan lokal”. Dalam mata pel-

ajaran “muatan lokal” anak-anak belajar tentang hal-hal yang penting untuk daerah tem-pat mereka tinggal. Oleh karena itu setiap daerah di Indonesia mempunyai

_____________ yang sedikit berbeda dengan kurikulum di daerah-daerah lain.

Gedung sekolah di Indonesia masih kurang banyak. Oleh karena itu ada sekolah yang memakai gedung sekolah pada pagi hari saja, mulai jam tujuh pagi sampai jam 12 siang.

Lalu ada sekolah lain yang memakai gedung itu pada siang hari, mulai jam satu siang sampai jam enam sore.

Ada tiga tingkat pendidikan: pendidikan _____________, pendidikan menengah dan pen-

didikan tinggi. Untuk anak yang berumur enam tahun sampai dua belas tahun ada seko-lah dasar (SD). Ada kira-kira seratus empat puluh ribu (140.000) sekolah dasar di Indone-

sia. Hampir di setiap desa ada sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar anak _____________ membaca dan menulis. Mereka juga belajar matematika dasar, _____________ dasar, ba-

hasa Indonesia, sejarah Indonesia, sejarah dunia, agama, ilmu bumi Indonesia, ilmu bumi_____________, kerajinan tangan dan menyanyi. Di samping itu, mereka belajar bermain

olahraga seperti sepak bola, bulu tangkis dan bola voli. Biasanya ada kebun di sekolah dasar dan anak juga menanam sayur-sayuran dan bermacam-macam _____________

lain. Di samping bekerja di kebun anak-anak juga membersihkan gedung _____________ dan halaman sekolah.

Lesson 67

Latihan 6—Jawab Singkat

Insert one of these words or phrases into the gap in each sentence below.Only one of the words/phrases makes good sense in the context of the sentence and fits grammatically, so make sure you understand the sentence very accurately before you choose the word/phrase to complete it: di atas, di bawah, sebelum, sesudah, sebelumnya/sebelum itu, sesudah itu

1. _________ saya datang Yeni sudah datang lebih dulu.

2. Ada kuliah jam empat tetapi _________, kira-kira jam dua, ada rapat.

3. Telstra Tower berdiri ____________ Black Mountain di Canberra.

4. Ibu Daryanto duduk di kursi dan kucingnya si Bleki duduk ___________ kursi itu.

5. Apakah Hari Kemerdekaan Indonesia sebelum atau ________ tanggal 15 Agustus?

6. Kamarnya di lantai dua, jauh ________ lantai 10.

7. Kita akan makan dulu dan _________ kita akan menonton film.

8. Pesawat terbang terbang __________ Gunung Bromo.

9. Saya tidak melihat uang itu karena Anda menyimpan uang itu ________ buku.

10. Kalau mau bertemu dengan saya di rumah jangan datang _______ jam enam karena sayabaru pulang jam enam.

Latihan 7—Menyimak

Sebelum and sesudah can appear before a noun or name, and before a verb. In the latter casethe verb is the counterpart of the English gerund, or the –ing form of a verb, in phrases like “be-fore going”, “after eating” etc.

Depending on context, di atas can mean “on top of” and also “above” or “over” or “up there”.Similarly di bawah can mean “underneath”, but also “below” or “beneath” or “down there”. Keatas and ke bawah suggest movement towards a place.

Listen to Sound File 067-04 and match the recordings of the eight sentences with their translations.

1. a. Then I’ll ask my friends for information, and I will try out several mobiles.

2. b. Only after that will I buy the mobile phone.3. c. That cat sat on top of the table.4. d. They walked up to the top.5. e. The plane passed over a small island.6. f. The tourist looked down.7. g. After coming home she has a meal with her husband.8. h. Before I do my prayers I always take a bath first.

Lesson 67

Latihan 8—Rangkai Kata

Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti:

1. “Before praying I always take a bath first.”Sebelum—selalu—mandi—saya—bersembahyang—dulu.

2. “After Sarah comes home she has a meal with her husband.”Sesudah—makan—dengan—Sarah—pulang—suaminya.

3. “Only after that will I buy the mobile phone.”Sesudah—baru—saya—itu—akan—membeli—HP.

4. “The plane passed over a small island.”Pesawat—lewat—di—pulau—terbang—atas—kecil.

5. “I go now to Kemiri Primary School.”Saya—sekarang—Sekolah—di—bersekolah—Dasar—Kemiri.

Latihan 9—Jenis-jenis Sekolah

As you can see from “Bagian Satu” of “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia” Indonesia’sschool system is quite complex. There are at least eight variables that determine what a sekolah islike. Match the Indonesian word to English.

1. sekolah negeri a. primary school

2. sekolah swasta b. public school

3. sekolah umum c. secondary school

4. sekolah kejuruan d. private school

5. sekolah pagi e. day school

6. sekolah siang f. vocational school

7. sekolah dasar g. general school

8. sekolah menengah h. morning school

Lesson 67

Latihan 10—Kosa Kata I

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. atas a. to differ, to be not the same

2. bawah b. the world

3. berbeda c. matter, a thing to be considered

4. dasar d. there is/are not enough

5. dunia e. vocational

6. hal f. science

7. ilmu pengetahuan g. curriculum

8. kejuruan h. basic, fundamental

9. kurang ada i. a subject (of study at school)

10. kurikulum j. first

11. lebih dulu k. lower, below

12. mata pelajaran l. upper, above, up, over

Latihan 11—Kosa Kata II

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. milik a. plant

2. muatan lokal b. from, to begin, start

3. mulai c. the property of, belonging to

4. negeri d. a system

5. pendidikan e. level, stage

6. sebagian besar f. secondary school

7. sekolah menengah g. a large part, most

8. sistem h. included in, is a part of

9. tanaman i. (adj) state, government owned

10. termasuk j. local content

11. tingkat k. general, public

12. umum l. education

Lesson 67

Latihan 12—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)Mendatar: 1. level, stage4. to differ, to not

be the same5. system6. vocational7. the floor8. general, public10. to store12. matter (to

consider)14. a part16. from, begin18. education20. basicMenurun:1. included in2. curriculum3. to pray4. lower9. a plant11. state,

government13. almost15. the world17. property of19. upper

Lesson 68

Berbicara tentang Pendidikan

Aims

• To learn the main items of vocabulary needed to talk about secondary-level schooling• To talk about your own schooling

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

alat a device, a tool pintar smart, cleverdasar basic pekerjaan occupationdunia world petani a farmerilmu pengetahuan science pertanyaan a questionkejuruan vocational pohon a treekimia chemistry rusak broken, out of ordermata pelajaran a subject, a course sapi cattle, a cow, a bullmemelihara to keep, raise sebagai asmemperbaiki to repair, to fix sejarah historymenanam to plant, grow sth selesai finishedmenarik interesting setelah aftermengetik to type tentu saja of course, certainlymengurus to manage tinggi high, tallmenjual to sell something tukang listrik an electricianmontir a mechanic tukang masak a chef, a cookpadi rice plant umum public, generalpandai smart, clever

68

Lesson 68

Sistem Pendidikan di Indonesia (Bagian Dua)

In Lesson 67 you made a start reading semi-technical Indonesian on the subject ofschooling in Indonesia. Here is the second part of this description. Read it carefully check-ing for unfamiliar words in the word list for this lesson. Listen to Sound File 068-01.

Pendidikan Menengah & Pendidikan KejuruanPendidikan Menengah

esudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah dasar, anak-anak masuk sekolah menengah.Biasanya mereka masuk sekolah menengah kira-kira pada umur 12 atau 13 tahun. Ada

berbagai sekolah menengah. Pertama-tama, ada dua tingkat sekolah menengah: SekolahMenengah Pertama (SMP) dan Sekolah Menengah Atas (SMA). SMP masih memberikanmata pelajaran dasar: matematika dasar, ilmu pengetahuan dasar, agama, sejarah Indonesiadan dunia, dan tentu saja juga bahasa Indonesia. Di samping itu para siswa belajar juga ba-hasa asing seperti bahasa Inggris dan Mandarin dan juga ilmu pengetahuan alam seperti ki-mia dan fisika. Biasanya para siswa belajar di SMP selama tiga tahun sampai mereka beru-mur 15 atau 16 tahun.

S

Setelah lulus SMP para siswa masuk SMA. Pelajaran di SMA bersifat umum dengan matapelajaran seperti matematika, ilmu pengetahuan sosial dan alam, sejarah, bahasa Indonesiadan bahasa asing.

Pendidikan Kejuruani samping SMA yang pelajaran bersifat umum ada juga lebih dari enam ribu sekolahmenengah kejuruan (SMK). Di sekolah kejuruan para siswa belajar bermacam-macam

keterampilan seperti misalnya keterampilan bekerja sebagai tukang kayu, tukang masak, tu-kang listrik, montir, sekretaris, karyawan hotel dan banyak lagi. Mereka belajar tentang bis-nis, akuntansi, ilmu ekonomi, cara mengetik, cara memakai komputer dan bagaimana caramengurus kantor dengan efisien.

D

Now test your understanding of this passage by doing Latihan 7.

Lesson 68

Islamic Education

Indonesia has a huge number of Islamic schools that operate beyond the direct jurisdiction ofthe Department of National Education (Departemen Pendidikan Nasional). Many of them are tradi-tional, independent, community schools supported and staffed by local people. Tuition in themvaries wildly across the country but usually centres on learning Arabic, reading the Koran andstudying Islamic theology, law, history and culture. Elementary-level Koranic schools are calledmadrasah and more advanced schools are called pesantren (also pondok schools and pondokpesantren) . Pesantren schools are usually under the leadership of a respected teacher (in Java,called a kiai or kyai) who has a deep knowledge of Islam. Most offer boarding facilities for theirstudents. Traditionally, and to a large extent even today, pesantren students studied books of reli-gious commentary in Arabic known as “yellow books” (kitab kuning). The style of study was – andmostly still is – very traditional, involving rote learning of texts and unquestioning deference to theauthority of the kiai.

There is also an Islamic school system that stands somewhere between traditional Koranicschools and state-funded secular schools. These schools offer explicitly Islamic education butthey are also state schools in the sense that they are funded and administered by the govern-ment’s Department of Religion (Departemen Agama) rather than the Departemen Pendidikan Nasi-onal. Nevertheless, they implement a curriculum similar to that of regular state (negeri) and private(swasta) schools by including non-religious subjects like mathematics, science and English. In thissystem the Madrasah Ibtidaiyah are elementary-level schools equivalent to SD schools, the Mad-rasah Tsanawiyah operate at the SMP level and the Madrasah Aliyah operate at the SMA level.

Religious studies are slowly becoming increasingly important in state and private schools inwhich the curriculum is regulated by the Departemen Pendidikan Nasional, and conversely, “secu-lar” studies are becoming increasingly important in Islamic schools that are regulated by the De-partemen Agama. Students can, and do, move between regular schools – both negeri and swasta– and the Islamic system.

Tingkatan Sekolah di Indonesia

Kelas Jenis Sekolah

321

Sekolah Menengah Atas(SMA)

Sekolah Menengah Kejuruan(SMK)

321

Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)

654321

Sekolah Dasar (SD)

Lesson 68

Exercise 68-01

Using simple, correct Indonesian in complete sentences, answer these questions about yourown education. Your answer should contain somewhere in it the word/phrase given in bracketsafter the question. Copy vocabulary, phrases, abbreviations and sentences from Sistem Pendidik-an Sekolah di Indonesia (bagian satu and bagian dua) to help you compile your answers, but makesure the information you give is correct and authentic.

1. Dulu, waktu Anda bersekolah pada tingkat sekolah dasar, di mana Anda belajar? (dulusaya belajar)

2. Anda belajar apa di sekolah dasar? (saya belajar)3. Tahun berapa Anda masuk sekolah menengah? (pada tahun)4. Apa nama sekolah menengah itu, dan di mana? (dan sekolah itu di)5. Apakah sekolah menengah itu sekolah negeri atau sekolah swasta? (sekolah itu)6. Anda belajar apa di sekolah menengah? (dan)7. Berapa lama Anda belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah? (selama)8. Di samping belajar mata pelajaran umum, Anda juga mengambil mata pelajaran kejuruan

yang mana? (mata pelajaran)9. Dulu, Anda paling suka mata pelajaran yang mana? Mengapa? (karena)10. Waktu bersekolah dulu, Anda bermain olahraga apa? (suka)

Write, then Talk, about the Education System You Know

Taking the report Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (bagian satu and bagian dua) as yourbeginning point, adapt it and add to it to produce a short, semi-technical written account of theschool education system that you are most familiar with. Like Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indo-nesia your report should cover

• kinds of school • levels of schooling • subjects studied, and • some basic statistics about schools and schooling

When you have written a solid correct narrative, summarise its basic points and statistics in aPowerPoint presentation. Use the PowerPoint slides as mnemonics and illustrations to help youpresent a short talk in Indonesian about the school education system that you are most familiarwith.

Do not try to put the complete text of your talk in to your slideshow, just the main points andsome important statistics and perhaps some pictures or maps. Rehearse your talk several times,refining it, editing the PowerPoint slides, checking your correctness, adding details, and increas-ing the length of your talk each time you repeat it.

Present your talk to your class or teacher/tutor. Invite them to ask questions (Ada pertanyaan?).There are many kinds of questions that can be asked, but probably some of the most commonwould be questions beginning with Apakah ada…? (Is there…? / Are there…?) and Ada berapa..?(How many ___ are there…?).

Lesson 68

For example:Permisi. Di sekolah menengah apakah ada mata pelajaran olahraga? Menarik sekali. Ada berapa guru di sekolah itu?

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu 1

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

alat vocational menjual a questiondasar history montir a farmerdunia science padi smartkejuruan tool, device pandai job, employmentilmu pengetahuan basic, primary pintar a mechanicmata pelajaran to repair or fix sth pekerjaan rice plantmemelihara world petani clever, intelligentmemperbaiki to keep (as a pet) pertanyaan to sell somethingmenanam as pohon finished, completedtinggi subject rusak cattle, cow, ox, beefmengatur to type sapi of coursemengetik to set selesai a treetukang listrik high, tall tentu saja interesting, attractivesebagai public, general menarik brokensejarah to plant, grow sth mengurus a cook, chefumum an electrician tukang masak to manage, deal with

Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Menengah

Bacalah “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (2)” dan jawab pertanyaan di bawah ini.

1. Sekolah menengah refers to:A. primary schoolB. primary and intermediate schoolC. intermediate and high schoolD. primary, middle, and high school

2. Among the following what intermediate school subject is not mentioned in the text?A. world historyB. economicsC. religionD. mathematicsE. Chinese

Lesson 68

3. Do students learn foreign languages in intermediate school or do they wait until highschool?A. Yes, they learn foreign languages at intermediate school.B. No, they wait until high school

4. After intermediate school, some students go to high school. What is the acronym for highschool?A. SDB. SMPC. SMA

Latihan 3—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Kejuruan

Bacalah “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia 2” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan berikut.

1. What is the acronym for vocational school?A. SMPB. SMAC. SMKD. SMU

2. According to the passage, how many vocational schools are there in Indonesia?A. 3000+B. 4000+C. 5000+D. 6000+

3. According to the passage, what 3 vocations can students aquire?A. carpenterB. electricianC. secretaryD. musicianE. mechanicF. hotel employee

4. Can students learn business, accounting, and economics at a vocational school?A. YesB. No

5. Can students learn how to use computers and manage an office efficiently at a vocationalschool?A. YesB. No

Lesson 68

Latihan 4—Benar atau Salah: Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah

Bacalah bacaan “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (Bagian Dua)” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan di bawah ini: Benar (True) atau Salah (False)?

1. Biasanya anak-anak belajar di SMP selama enam tahun.A. BenarB. Salah

2. Dalam sistem pendidikan sekolah di Indonesia, SMP terletak di atas SMA.A. BenarB. Salah

3. Biasanya anak masuk SMA kira-kira pada umur 15 atau16 tahun.A. BenarB. Salah

4. Pelajaran di SMA bersifat umum.A. BenarB. Salah

5. Hanya ada satu macam sekolah menengah tingkat atas.A. BenarB. Salah

6. Ada lebih dari enam puluh ribu sekolah menengah kejuruan (SMK) di Indonesia.A. BenarB. Salah

7. Di sekolah-sekolah kejuruan siswa dapat belajar tentang bermacam-macam ketrampilanyang berguna untuk mencari pekerjaan.A. BenarB. Salah

8. Di SMK anak dapat belajar tentang cara membuat kue.A. BenarB. Salah

9. Ada SMK yang siswanya belajar tentang cara mengurus rumah tangga.A. BenarB. Salah

10. Sebelum masuk SMK siswa harus selesai dulu bersekolah pada tingkat SMP.A. BenarB. Salah

Lesson 68

Latihan 5—Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (Bagian Dua)

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bekerja—bersifat—cara—fisika—ketrampilan—kimia—masuk—menengah—mengurus—para—pelajaran—seperti—siswa

Pendidikan MenengahSesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah dasar anak-anak _____________ sekolah menengah. Biasanya mereka masuk sekolah menengah kira-kira pada umur 12 atau 13

tahun. Ada berbagai sekolah ____________. Pertama-tama, ada dua tingkat sekolah me-nengah: Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP) dan Sekolah Menengah Atas (SMA). SMP

masih memberikan mata __________ dasar: matematika dasar, ilmu pengetahuan dasar, agama, sejarah Indonesia dan dunia, dan tentu saja juga bahasa Indonesia. Di samping

itu __________ siswa belajar juga bahasa asing seperti bahasa Inggris dan Mandarin dan juga ilmu pengetahuan alam seperti ____________ dan ____________. Biasanya para

____________ belajar di SMP selama tiga tahun sampai mereka berumur 15 atau 16 ta-hun.

Setelah lulus SMP para siswa masuk SMA. Pelajaran di SMA ____________ umum de-

ngan mata pelajaran ____________ matematika, ilmu pengetahuan sosial dan alam, seja-rah, bahasa Indonesia dan bahasa asing.

Pendidikan KejuruanDi samping SMA yang pelajaran bersifat umum ada juga lebih dari enam ribu sekolah

menengah kejuruan (SMK). Di sekolah kejuruan para siswa belajar bermacam-macam ___________ seperti misalnya ketrampilan ____________ sebagai tukang kayu, tukang

masak, tukang listrik, montir, sekretaris, karyawan hotel dan banyak lagi. Mereka belajar tentang bisnis, akuntansi, ilmu ekonomi, ____________ mengetik, cara memakai kompu-

ter dan bagaimana cara ____________ kantor dengan efisien.

Latihan 6—Isian

Dengarkanlah Rekaman 068-02 dan 068-03 berikut ini dan lengkapilah bacaan di bawah ini.

Nama saya Budi. Saya sekarang __________ tiga SMK Pertanian Tanjung Selor di

provinsi Kalimantan __________. Di sekolah itu saya belajar cara __________ usaha tani. Sekarang saya sudah __________ menanam padi, sayur-sayuran, dan

___________ buah-buahan. Saya ___________ sudah pandai memelihara ayam, sapi,

Lesson 68

___________ dan kambing. Kami juga belajar ___________ cara yang baik untuk menjual

___________ pertanian, dan membuat atau ___________ alat-alat pertanian.

Nama saya Agus. Saya ____________ di SMKN 2 Sawahlunto. Di situ kami belajar

tentang mesin, alat-alat ____________ dan alat-alat elektronik ____________ radio dan ____________. Di samping itu kami juga belajar cara ____________ alat atau

mesin yang ____________. Keterampilan itu sangat ____________. Sekarang saya sudah ____________ memperbaiki ____________ cuci dan lemari es.

Latihan 7—Menyimak

Dengarkanlah pertanyaan-pertanyaan dalam Rekaman 068-04 dan jodohkan denganjawaban yang benar di kolom sebelah kanan.

1. a. Saya belajar membaca, menulis, dan berhitung pada waktu SD.

2. b. Sekolah itu sekolah swasta.

3. c. Saya bersekolah di SD Negeri 3 Palembang.

4. d. Saya paling suka sejarah dunia karena saya menjadi tahu banyaknegara-negara di dunia.

5. e. Saya belajar akuntansi dan ilmu ekonomi.

6. f. Namanya SMP Tunas Bangsa, di Jakarta Selatan.

7. g. Saya suka berenang dan bermain voli.

8. h. Saya belajar selama tiga tahun.

9. i. Saya belajar matematika, sejarah, ilmu pengetahuan sosial dan alam, juga bahasa.

10. j. Tahun 2001.

Latihan 8—Menjodohkan: Kosa Kata

Jodohkanlah kata di kolom kiri dengan terjemahannya di kolom kanan.

1. asing a. skill(s)

2. berguna b. in nature (adj.), having the character of

3. berkebun c. useful

4. bersifat d. a way to do something

5. cara e. foreign

6. hasil f. water buffalo

Lesson 68

7. kambing g. result, yield

8. kerbau h. to garden

9. ketrampilan i. goat, also loosely: a sheep

10. lulus j. plural marker for humans

11. menengah k. agricultural enterprise, farm

12. mesin l. middle-level, intermediate

13. mesin cuci m. agriculture

14. para n. engine, machine

15. pertanian o. school student

16. siswa p. washing machine

17. usaha tani q. to pass (an exam)

Latihan 9—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)Mendatar:5. finished,

completed6. mechanic7. foreign8. goat11. public, general13. tree14. engine, machine15. as16. to sell something17. farmer18. water buffaloMenurun:1. middle-level2. way, the way3. clever4. tall, high9. to garden10. world12. to type

Lesson 69

Perguruan Tinggi

Aims

• to learn the main items of vocabulary needed to talk about higher education• to make a beginning talking about your own schooling.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

agama a religion mulai to start, to beginberbagai various negeri a state, governmentberguna to be useful pariwisata tourismberumur to be in the age of pekerjaan job, occupationboleh may pembangunan developmentdasar basic pendidikan educationdi samping next to, beside perlu to needhampir almost sangat very, extremelyinsinyur an engineer sejarah historyjarang rarely, seldom semua all, everythingketerampilan a skill sulit difficultkurang not really swasta privateluas wide, spacious terlalu too (as in too much)lulus to pass, graduate tentu saja of coursemembantu to help, to assist termasuk included, includingmemberikan to give something ternyata apparently memilih to choose ujian an exam, a testmenjadi to become waktu time, whenmuda young

69

Lesson 69

Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia

Read the passage below about higher education institution in Indonesia. When you havefinished listening to Sound File 069-01, complete Latihan 3–6 to check your understanding.

Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia

Di Indonesia ada hampir 500 lembaga dan tiga jenis perguruan tinggi: perguruan tinggi negeri,perguruan tinggi swasta dan perguruan tinggi kedinasan.

Di antara lembaga perguruan tinggi adauniversitas, akademi, politeknik, sekolahtinggi dan institut. Universitas memberikanpendidikan yang bersifat luas dengan ber-macam-macam fakultas dan mata kuliah.Ada berbagai program mulai dari Diplomasampai program Doktor.

Siswa yang ingin masuk universitas nege-ri harus ikut ujian masuk yang namanyaSPMB (Seleksi Penerimaan MahasiswaBaru). Kalau mereka lulus ujian SPMB mere-ka boleh masuk universitas negeri. Tetapitentu saja mereka harus memilih programstudi. Ada bermacam-macam fakultas danmata kuliah pada tingkat universitas. Misal-nya para mahasiswa dapat belajar ilmu pe-

ngetahuan seperti ilmu kimia dan pertanian. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas hukum, kedok-teran, ilmu ekonomi atau ilmu politik. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas teknik dan belajar tek-nik kimia atau teknik mesin. Ada juga yang belajar bahasa asing seperti bahasa Inggris, Jepang,Jerman, Mandarin, atau Prancis. Mata kuliah sejarah atau bisnis juga populer. Atau bisa jugamereka belajar menjadi guru di Fakultas Pendidikan.

Hampir semua provinsi mempunyai universitas negeri. Di Jakarta ada Universitas Indonesia(UI), di Yogyakarta ada Universitas Gadjah Mada (UGM), dan di Bandung ada Institut TeknologiBandung (ITB). UI, UGM dan ITB itu universitas negeri yang besar dan terkenal. Ada juga univer-sitas swasta yang terkenal, misalnya Universitas Trisakti (Usakti), Universitas Katolik IndonesiaAtmajaya dan Universitas Pelita Harapan (UPH).

Sekolah tinggi seperti akademi dan politeknik memberikan pendidikan kejuruan seperti tekno-logi informatika, pariwisata, atau akuntansi. Perguruan tinggi kedinasan mendidik mahasiswadari departemen pemerintah. Misalnya Sekolah Tinggi Akuntansi Negara (STAN) di Jakarta men-didik pegawai dari Departemen Keuangan dan Akademi Militer (AKMIL) di Magelang mendidiksiswa yang akan menjadi perwira dalam Tentara Nasional Indonesia (TNI).

Mau tahu lebih banyak tentang perguruan tinggi di Indonesia? Ada banyak informasi, terma-suk informasi tentang uang kuliah, di internet.

Universitas Gadjah Mada (UGM) di Yogyakarta. This work by Eric Beerkens islicensed under a CC BY-NC-ND 2.0 License

Lesson 69

Making Simple Judgements

You have already met a number of adjectives that you can use to express your opinion aboutsomething or make some basic judgements about what you like and don’t like.

bagus great, excellent

baik good, kind

menarikinteresting

biasa ordinary, common

membosankan boring

jelekterrible, bad

sukar difficult

sulit difficult

bersifat praktispractical in nature

menyenangkannice, pleasant

bergunauseful

mudaheasy

These words can be made more emphatic, or less emphatic, with adverbs like these:

tidak not ____

sangat very____

kurangnot really ____

cukup ____ enough

lumayan pretty, quite ____

tidak begitunot really very ____

sama sekali tidaknot ____ at all

You can ask general questions about tertiary-level study using bagaimana (what is ___ like?).To clarify your question, or to hint at a possible answer, you can add some simple follow-upphrases. Practise generating sentences from the substitution tables that follow. Add to the substi-tution columns where you can.

1. Asking about institutions (lembaga)

BagaimanaUniversitas Gajah Mada?Politeknik Kesehatan Medan?Institut Teknologi Nasional?

Bagus atau jelek?Bagus atau tidak?Mahal atau murah?

2. Asking about subjects of study (mata kuliah)

Bagaimana mata kuliahsejarah?ilmu ekonomi?akuntansi?

Bersifat praktis atau tidak?Berguna atau tidak begitu berguna?Menyenangkan?Menarik atau membosankan?

3. Asking about lecturers (dosen, guru) and faculties (fakultas)

(American students please note that a “lecturer” is a professor, and that “faculty” does notrefer to academic university staff members but to a college or a school. Outside the U.S. these“schools” or “colleges” are called faculties, e.g. Faculty of Law, Faculty of Art etc.)

Lesson 69

Bagaimana kuliahkelas

di Fakultas Teknik Mesin?di Fakultas Hukum?Profesor Sunarto?Ibu Leila?

Menarik atau membosankan?Baik atau biasa saja?Jelas atau tidak?

One way of answering these questions is to begin with the adjectives and their adverb modifi-ers listed on the previous page, followed by reasons that are introduced with the word karena (be-cause). Practise answering the questions in this way, choosing from the substitution columns inthe tables below, and adding more details of your own. (Make sure your choices generate sen-tences that are logical and make good sense.)

1. Bagaimana Universitas Gadjah Mada? Bagus atau jelek?

Menurut sayaSaya kiraWah!...

Universitas Gadjah Mada

sangatcukuplumayankurangtidak begitusama sekali tidak

jelek karena…menarik karena…bagus karena…menyenangkan karena…sulit karena…

... perpustakaannya

... dosennya

... kampusnya

... kuliahnya

... mahasiswanya

... warung dan restorannya

... toko bukunya

... uang kuliahnya

sama sekali tidak…sangat…terlalu…tidak…cukup…lumayan…tidak begitu…kurang…

2. Bagaimana mata kuliah sejarah? Berguna atau tidak?

Menurut sayaSaya kiraWah!...

mata kuliah sejarah

sangatcukuplumayankurangtidak begitusama sekali tidak

jelek karena…menarik karena…berguna karena…menyenangkan karena…sulit karena…

… mahasiwa tidak perlu… mahasiswa harus

bekerja keras.membaca banyak.menulis banyak.belajar banyak.

3. Bagaimana kuliah Profesor Sunarto? Bagus atau biasa saja?

Menurut sayaSaya kiraWah!...

kuliah Profesor Sunarto

sangatcukuplumayankurangtidak begitusama sekali tidak

mudah karena…menarik karena…membosankan karena…bagus karena…

… saya suka sekali… … saya tidak begitu suka…

Lesson 69

… saya sama sekali tidak senang … … dia (tidak) tahu banyak tentang… … dia (tidak begitu) pandai berbicara tentang…

Talking about your Education

Here is a simple narrative in which the speaker describes her schooling: its pleasuresand difficulties, and its outcome. Read the narrative very carefully several times. Try tomemorise the steps in the narrative. Remember its key phrases and words. After reading ityou will have to tell your own story in similar terms by doing the Education Resume exercise. Alsocheck your understanding of this story by doing Latihan 7–8. Listen to Sound File 069-02.

ama saya Farah. Saya lahir di Medan pada tahun seribu sembilan ratus delapan puluhenam. Jadi sekarang saya berumur dua puluh lima tahun. Waktu berumur enam ta-

hun saya masuk sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar saya belajar membaca dan menulis, danjuga matematika dan bahasa Indonesia. Di samping itu saya belajar menyanyi dan olahraga.Pada waktu itu guru saya Ibu Nuriah dan Bapak Fauzi.

N

Saya belajar di sekolah dasar selama enam tahun. Lalu, waktu berumur tiga belas tahun,saya masuk sekolah menengah. Belajar di sekolah menengah itu jauh lebih sulit daripada disekolah dasar. Tentu saja saya masih belajar matematika dan bahasa Indonesia, tetapi sayajuga belajar ilmu pengetahuan alam, ilmu pengetahuan sosial, sejarah Indonesia, bahasaInggris dan agama Islam. Di samping itu saya juga belajar menyanyi dan olahraga sepertibola voli dan bulu tangkis. Saya pandai bermain voli. Pada waktu itu saya mempunyai be-berapa teman yang bernama Maryam, Dewi dan Wati. Setiap hari kami bersama-sama kesekolah. Pulang dari sekolah kami belajar bersama dan sering juga kami menonton film dibioskop. Saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah selama enam tahun. Dalam ujian akhir saya lu-lus dengan hasil yang baik. Oleh karena itu saya masuk Universitas Sumatra Utara. Padawaktu itu saya berumur sembilan belas tahun. Saya mengambil mata kuliah sejarah karenasaya ingin menjadi guru sejarah. Tetapi pada tahun pertama saya tidak lulus karena saya le-bih suka bermain-main dengan teman-teman. Kami lebih suka mendengarkan musik rockdan setiap malam Minggu kami ke disko untuk berdansa. Jarang kami belajar! Pada waktuitu saya masih muda, baru berumur dua puluh tahun. Sesudah itu saya mengambil mata kuliah matematika dan teknik sipil. Saya lebih tertarikpada matematika dan teknik sipil. Ternyata saya lulus dengan hasil yang cukup baik. Seka-rang saya masih suka mendengarkan musik rock dan saya juga masih sering menonton film,bermain voli dan berdansa di disko, tetapi sekarang saya sudah menjadi insinyur! Saya be-kerja di berbagai proyek pembangunan. Pekerjaan itu sulit tetapi menyenangkan. Saya se-nang menjadi insinyur.

Exercise 069-01: Education Resume

Now it’s your turn. Read the following passage out loud. The passage is the same as the oneyou have just studied above, but there are gaps in it where words have been deleted. When youread it, fill in the gaps with appropriate words that, as far as possible, reflect your own schooling(it probably won’t be exactly the same, but try to make your narrative as close to your own experi-

Lesson 69

ence as possible). Do this over and over until you can read the passage without hesitating, insert-ing the right words as you go.

Nama saya _________. Saya lahir di _________ pada tahun seribu sembilan ratus _________. Jadi sekarang saya berumur _________ tahun. Waktu saya berumur enam ta-

hun saya masuk sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar saya belajar membaca dan menulis. Saya juga belajar _________ dan _________. Di samping itu saya belajar _________ dan

_________. Pada waktu itu guru saya _________ dan _________.

Saya belajar di sekolah dasar selama enam tahun. Lalu, waktu saya berumur _________ tahun, saya masuk sekolah menengah. Belajar di sekolah menengah itu jauh lebih sulit

daripada di sekolah dasar. Tentu saja saya masih belajar matematika, _________, tetapi saya juga belajar _________, _________, sejarah _________, bahasa _________ dan aga-

ma _________. Di samping itu saya juga belajar _________ dan olahraga seperti _________ dan _________. Saya pandai bermain _________. Pada waktu itu saya mempu-

nyai beberapa teman yang bernama _________, _________ dan _________. Setiap hari kami bersama-sama ke sekolah. Pulang dari sekolah kami belajar bersama, dan sering

juga kami _________.

Saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah selama enam tahun. Dalam ujian akhir sayalulus dengan hasil yang _________. Oleh karena itu saya masuk Universitas _________.

Pada waktu itu saya berumur _________ tahun. Saya mengambil mata kuliah _________ karena saya ingin menjadi _________. Tetapi pada tahun pertama saya tidak lulus karena

saya lebih suka _________. Kami lebih suka _________ dan setiap malam Minggu kami _________. Jarang kami belajar! Pada waktu itu saya masih muda, baru berumur

_________ tahun.

Sesudah itu saya mengambil mata kuliah _________ dan _________. Saya lebih tertarik pada _________ dan _________. Ternyata saya lulus dengan hasil yang cukup baik. Seka-

rang saya masih suka _________ dan saya juga masih sering _________, bermain _________ dan _________, tetapi sekarang saya sudah menjadi _________! Saya bekerja

di _________. Pekerjaan itu sulit tetapi menyenangkan. Saya senang menjadi _________.

Use the passage above as a kick-off point, but delete and add information, change the order ofthings etc. so that you can describe more accurately what your own schooling was really like. Goback over the last three lessons and review the vocabulary, grammar and model sentences thatdeal with education. As soon as you can, put aside this book and the model passage. Your ulti-mate aim should be to tell the story of your schooling correctly and in detail, even if in simpleform, without referring to any written models or help. Once you are confident that you havemastered a thoroughly-rehearsed, correct, fluently spoken, and personally authentic account of

Lesson 69

your education, tell it to fellow students or to your teacher/tutor and invite them to ask you ques-tions about it.

There are many questions that might be asked, but try to give prominence to the questions youpractised earlier in this lesson… questions like:

BagaimanaSekolah Dasar _________ ? Sekolah Menengah _________ ? Universitas ________ ?

Bagus atau jelek?Bagus atau tidak?Mahal atau murah?

Bagaimanapendidikan di _______ ? mata kuliah ________ ?mata pelajaran ________ ?

Bersifat praktis atau tidak?Berguna atau tidak begitu berguna?Menyenangkan atau membosankan?

Bagaimanakelas kuliahpelajaran

di Fakultas _______ ?dalam bidang ________ ? Profesor ______ ? Ibu _______ ?dalam mata kuliah ______?

Menarik atau membosankan?Bagus atau biasa saja?Jelas atau tidak?

You can also find strategies for answering these kinds of questions earlier in this lesson. Youranswers might begin with introductory words and phrases like:

Menurut saya… Menurut pendapat saya…Saya kira… Sebetulnya…Wah!... Aduh!...

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu 1

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

agama almost insinyur allberguna basic ketrampilan apparentlyberumur beside luas broad, extensiveboleh country lulus difficult, hard to dodasar development membantu engineerdi samping may memberikan examinationhampir religion memilih includingmenjadi to be aged semua privatemuda to become sulit skillmulai to begin swasta to choosenegeri tourism terlalu to give sth to s.o.pariwisata useful termasuk to help, assistpekerjaan work, employment ternyata to passpembangunan young ujian too (as in “too much” )

Lesson 69

Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia

Bacalah teks “Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan di bawah ini.

1. How many types of tertiary education are there in Indonesia? [P1]A. threeB. fourC. more than five hundred

2. What is the requirement for students who want to apply at a state-owned university? [P3]A. They have to graduate from high school.B. They have to earn their diploma first.C. They have to pass the enrolment test.

3. According to the passage, what languages can be learned at universities? [P3] (Select allthat apply)A. FrenchB. EnglishC. GermanD. Dutch

4. What faculty prepares students to become teachers? [P3]A. Faculty of LiteratureB. Faculty of TeachingC. Faculty of Education

5. What type of university is Gadjah Mada University? [P4]A. It is a private university.B. It is a state university.C. It is an academy.

6. Does an academy provide general education? [P5]A. Yes, it provides general and diverse education.B. No, it only provides a vocational education.

7. Graduates of what institutions of higher learning are expected to serve in Indonesian gov-ernment institutions? [P5] (Select two)A. AKMILB. ITBC. STAND. UIE. UPH

8. According to the passage, if a prospective student wants to know more about tertiaryeducation institutions in Indonesia, what should they do? [P6]A. Contact the author of the article.B. Go directly to the university they want to enrol.C. Check the official website.

Lesson 69

Latihan 3—Benar atau Salah: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia

Bacalah teks “Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia.” di atas dan pilihlah jawaban yang benar.

1. Ada lebih dari 400 lembaga perguruan tinggi di Indonesia.A. BenarB. Salah

2. Politeknik memberikan pendidikan yang bersifat luas.A. BenarB. Salah

3. Sebelum masuk perguruan tinggi, mahasiswa harus ikut ujian masuk.A. BenarB. Salah

4. Akademi membantu mahasiswa untuk memperoleh ketrampilan yang berguna untukmencari pekerjaan.A. BenarB. Salah

5. Setiap provinsi di Indonesia mempunyai universitas negeri dan universitas swasta.A. BenarB. Salah

6. Tidak ada universitas negeri di pulau Jawa.A. BenarB. Salah

7. UI, UGM dan ITB itu universitas yang besar dan terkenal.A. BenarB. Salah

8. Perguruan tinggi kedinasan mendidik mahasiswa yang kemudian bekerja di departemenpemerintah.A. BenarB. Salah

9. STAN mendidik mahasiswa menjadi tentara.A. BenarB. Salah

10. Hanya sedikit informasi mengenai universitas di Indonesia.A. BenarB. Salah

Lesson 69

Latihan 4—Isian: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia (1)

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: asing—belajar—berbagai—hampir—harus—juga—mahasiswa—memberikan—memilih—menjadi—mereka—pengetahuan—pertanian

Di Indonesia ada ____________ 500 lembaga dan tiga jenis perguruan tinggi: perguruan tinggi negeri, perguruan tinggi swasta dan perguruan tinggi kedinasan.

Di antara lembaga perguruan tinggi ada universitas, akademi, politeknik, sekolah tinggi

dan institut. Universitas ____________ pendidikan yang bersifat luas dengan bermacam-macam fakultas dan mata kuliah. Ada ____________ program mulai dari Diploma sampai

program Doktor.

Siswa yang ingin masuk universitas negeri ____________ ikut ujian masuk yang namanyaSPMB (Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa Baru). Kalau mereka lulus ujian SPMB mereka

boleh masuk universitas negeri. Tetapi tentu saja ____________ harus ____________ pro-gram studi. Ada bermacam-macam fakultas dan mata kuliah pada tingkat universitas.

Misalnya para ____________ dapat belajar ilmu ____________ seperti ilmu kimia dan ____________. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas hukum, kedokteran, ilmu ekonomi

atau ilmu politik. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas teknik dan ________ teknik kimia atau teknik mesin. Ada ____________ yang belajar bahasa ____________ seperti bahasa

Inggris, Jepang, Jerman, Mandarin, atau Prancis. Mata kuliah sejarah atau bisnis juga populer. Atau bisa juga mereka belajar ____________ guru di Fakultas Pendidikan.

Latihan 5—Isian: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia (2)

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat.mempunyai—mendidik—menjadi—negeri—pariwisata—pemerintah—perguruan—seperti—terkenal—termasuk

Hampir semua provinsi ____________ universitas negeri. Di Jakarta ada Universitas Indo-

nesia (UI), di Yogyakarta ada Universitas Gadjah Mada (UGM), dan di Bandung ada Insti-tut Teknologi Bandung (ITB). UI, UGM dan ITB itu universitas ____________ yang besar

dan terkenal. Ada juga universitas swasta yang ____________, misalnya Universitas Tri-sakti (Usakti), Universitas Katolik Indonesia Atmajaya dan Universitas Pelita Harapan

(UPH).

Sekolah tinggi ____________ akademi dan politeknik memberikan pendidikan kejuruan seperti teknologi informatika, ____________, atau akuntansi. Perguruan tinggi kedinasan

Lesson 69

____________ mahasiswa dari departemen ____________. Misalnya Sekolah Tinggi Akun-

tansi Negara (STAN) di Jakarta mendidik pegawai dari Departemen Keuangan dan Aka-demi Militer (AKMIL) di Magelang mendidik siswa yang akan ____________ perwira da-

lam Tentara Nasional Indonesia (TNI).

Mau tahu lebih banyak tentang ____________ tinggi di Indonesia? Ada banyak informasi, ____________ informasi tentang uang kuliah, di internet.

Latihan 6—Pemahaman: Berbicara tentang Pendidikan

Bacalah teks “Pendidikan Saya” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan di bawah ini.

1. Where was Farah born?A. BaliB. MedanC. LombokD. Jakarta

2. How old is Farah now?A. 23B. 24C. 25D. 26

3. When did Farah study Islam?A. When she attended primary schoolB. When she attended intermediate schoolC. When she attended high schoolD. When she attended university

4. For how many years Farah attended primary school?A. fourB. fiveC. sixD. seven

5. After school, what do Farah and her friends use to do?A. play sports and do homeworkB. study together and go see movies at the cinemaC. eat dinner and studyD. relax and do homework

6. How old was Farah when she entered University of North Sumatra?A. 18 years oldB. 19 years oldC. 20 years oldD. 21 years old

Lesson 69

7. When Farah first started to study at the university, she wanted to become a…A. physicianB. research scientistC. history teacherD. a nurse

8. On what day of the week do Farah and her friends go to the disco?A. SundayB. MondayC. TuesdayD. Saturday

9. After graduating from the university Farah became a…A. history teacherB. engineerC. mechanicD. doctor

10. Does Farah enjoy her current profession?A. Yes, she loves itB. No, she wishes she would have stayed with her first profession

Latihan 7—Pilihan Ganda

Pilihlah jawaban yang benar.

1. Your friend speaks only Indonesian so you find it practical in nature/character to learn In-donesian too. How do you say “practical in nature”?A. membosankanB. menarikC. baikD. bersifat praktis

2. The new program you downloaded to use on your computer is great, excellent.A. bagusB. menyenangkanC. biasaD. mudah

3. This summer you are going to go to Bali for 2 weeks. To you, learning Indonesian in classbefore you go to Bali is very useful.A. bergunaB. sulitC. menyenangkanD. menarik

4. You recently returned from watching a movie that was very boring.A. baikB. membosankanC. sulitD. bagus

Lesson 69

5. You enjoy translating Indonesian into English and find the task to be very easy.A. sulitB. bergunaC. mudahD. menarik

6. You just bought an ordinary DVD that does not have many special effects and is not ex-ceptional compared to other DVDs you have watched. A. menyenangkanB. mudahC. jelekD. biasa

7. Your friend built a sand castle sculpture but it is terrible and poorly built.A. jelekB. bergunaC. menyenangkanD. biasa

8. Your friend is a very kind person.A. baikB. jelekC. sukarD. menarik

9. Your friend is a very pleasant and nice person.A. sulitB. bergunaC. menarikD. menyenangkan

10. You are currently enrolled in a literature class that you find very boring because you aremore interested in the natural sciences.A. biasaB. membosankanC. begunaD. bersifat prakus

11. You are learning to drive a 5-speed car instead of automatic car but find it very difficult.A. bergunaB. mudahC. menyenangkanD. sulit

12. You are currently taking an interesting course to learn how to navigate by the stars.A. biasaB. menarikC. bergunaD. mudah

Lesson 69

13. You are currently studying Indonesian but find the coursework to be very difficult.A. mudahB. sukarC. bagusD. berguna

Latihan 8—Adverbs

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. tidak a. extremely ...2. kurang b. pretty, quite3. sangat c. not ...4. lumayan d. ... enough5. cukup e. not really ...6. sama sekali tidak f. not really very ...7. tidak begitu g. not ... at all, completely not ...

Latihan 9—Jawaban Singkat

Go back to Lesson 66 and carefully review the information on pronouncing the letters of the alphabet in Indonesian. Using the guide to the pronunciation of letters in Lesson 66 write down how you would say the following abbreviations. Study this example first.

Abbreviation: UPH. You write: “u pe ha” (Universitas Pelita Harapan)

1. UI2. SMA3. UGM4. ITB5. UII6. STAN7. UKI8. TNI9. UKSW

10. IKJ

Lesson 69

Latihan 10—Kosa Kata 1

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. bidang a. related to government 2. kedokteran b. institute3. kesehatan c. institute, social institution 4. industri d. finance, finances 5. kedinasan e. field (of enterprise, study, etc.)6. lembaga f. health7. keuangan g. industry8. khusus h. first of all 9. departemen i. academy

10. akademi j. government department11. institut k. medicine 12. lebih dahulu l. particular, specialist

Latihan 11—Kosa Kata 2

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. mendidik a. to obtain2. teknik b. to educate, to train3. memperoleh c. engineering4. perguruan tinggi d. the last, i.e. final one in series5. pelajar e. project6. terakhir f. student, learner7. politeknik g. college of higher education8. perwira h. higher education, universities9. sekolah tinggi i. in the armed forces

10. proyek j. polytechnic, vocational college

Lesson 69

Latihan 12—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)Mendatar:1. to obtain, to get3. young6. health7. field (of study etc.)8. too (as in “too much”)10. medical13. almost15. including16. institute17. related to government

services/agencies18. particular, specialist19. to be such-and-such

an ageMenurun:1. to give sth. to s.o.2. to educate, to train4. religion5. finances9. useful11. last12. to assist someone14. engineering

Lesson 70

Masih Berbicara tentang Pendidikan

Aims

• To introduce ordinal numbers• To read more about education, and to use this to talk more about your own education

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

berkebun to do gardeningbingung confused pindah to move, shiftbulan month, moon sapi cattle, a cow, a bullhasil pertanian agriculture output sawah paddy fieldkedua the second selesai finished, completedmelakukan do something setuju to agreemasih still, as yet sukar difficultmembawa to bring something tahu to knowmemelihara to keep terkenal famous, well knownmemilih to select tertarik (pada) interested (in)mengatakan to say ujian an examination, a testpertama the first usaha tani a farming business

Ordinal Numbers

As the term “ordinal” suggests, ordinal numbers are those that indicate the order in whichthings appear in a sequence or a list. In English, ordinal numbers start with “the first” and go on to“the second”, “the third”, “the fourth” and so on.

In Indonesian, the term for “first” is pertama. After pertama, all ordinal numbers are formed withtotal regularity by attaching the prefix ke- to the cardinal number concerned. Frequently yang pre-cedes the ordinal. Thus

yang keduathe second

yang ketigathe third

yang kedua puluhthe twentieth

yang keseratusthe one hundredth

70

Lesson 70

Note that yang often, but not always, precedes the ordinal: Pada tahun yang keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian.

orPada tahun keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian.

Talking about Education II

In the previous lesson you sketched your education. Now let’s try to put more colour into thispicture. Here is how an agricultural professional might describe his education. Read the accountcarefully, because, with appropriate modifications, you will find that you can incorporate parts of itinto your own narrative.

Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian

Listen to Sound File 070-01. ama saya Lukas Mitang. Saya lahir dikota Bajawa di Pulau Flores pada tahun

1978. Saya mulai belajar di sekolah dasar“Budi Luhur” di Ende. Saya belajar di sana se-lama enam tahun, dari 1984 sampai 1990.Saya belajar membaca, menulis dan matemati-ka dasar. Waktu belajar di SD saya tinggal de-ngan kakak saya yang bekerja di Ende. Sesu-dah lulus sekolah dasar pada tahun yang kee-nam saya masuk Sekolah Menengah Pertamadi Kupang pada tahun 1991. Di SMP Ku-pang saya mengambil mata pelajaran Pancasila, bahasa Indonesia, bahasa Inggris, matema-tika, ilmu ekonomi, sejarah Indonesia dan ilmu pengetahuan. Saya juga belajar olahraga.Waktu di SMP saya senang sekali bermain bulu tangkis.

N

Lalu pada tahun 1994 saya masuk Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas di Kupang. SekolahTeknik Menengah Atas itu sekolah kejuruan. Waktu itu saya berumur enam belas tahun.Saya belajar di STMA selama tiga tahun. Di STMA saya mengambil mata pelajaran mate-matika, bahasa Inggris, teknik pertanian dan ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya lulus denganhasil yang baik. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pindah keYogyakarta di Pulau Jawa. Saya ikut Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa Baru di Yogyakarta dansaya memperoleh hasil yang baik. Pada waktu itu saya menjadi bingung karena tidak tahu harus belajar apa. Saya juga tidaktahu sebaiknya belajar di mana. Jadi saya berbicara dengan paman saya yang menjadi pega-wai negeri Departemen Pendidikan Nasional di Yogyakarta. Paman saya mengatakan seba-iknya memilih universitas Katolik saja dan mengambil teknik pertanian karena waktu sayabelajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pandai dalam mata pelajaran matematika.Tetapi bibi tidak setuju. Menurut bibi, saya lebih pandai dalam mata pelajaran bahasa Ing-gris. Jadi katanya sebaiknya mengambil bahasa Inggris saja di tingkat universitas. Bibi jugamengatakan sebaiknya saya jangan masuk universitas swasta seperti universitas Katolik. Le-bih baik masuk universitas negeri, katanya.

Shutterstock

Lesson 70

Tentu saja saya menjadi lebih bingung lagi karena tidak tahu apa yang harus saya lakukan.Sesudah berpikir lama saya memilih kuliah teknik pertanian tetapi bukan di universitas Ka-tolik. Katanya jurusan teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada cukup baik. UGM ituuniversitas negeri. Dosen di UGM terkenal pandai dan laboratoriumnya juga bagus. Jadisaya masuk Fakultas Pertanian di UGM. Pada tahun yang pertama saya mengambil mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa Inggrisdan teknik dasar. Untuk saya mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian menarik sekali. Saya sangatsenang ikut kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya juga tertarik pada kuliah bahasa Inggris.Mata kuliah bahasa Inggris sukar tetapi saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Pada tahun yangkedua saya mengambil mata kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian dan bahasa Inggris lagi. Disamping itu saya mengambil mata kuliah teknik mesin dasar dan matematika. Pada tahunyang ketiga saya mengambil teknik mesin dan bahasa Inggris. Saya lulus ujian bahasa Ing-gris dan teknik mesin dengan hasil yang baik tetapi hasil saya dalam mata kuliah matemati-ka kurang baik. Pada tahun yang keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian. Selama tiga bu-lan kami harus tinggal di desa dengan keluarga petani. Setiap hari kami membantu para pe-tani bekerja di sawah, berkebun, dan memelihara sapi, kerbau, ayam dan kambing. Kamijuga membantu membawa hasil pertanian ke pasar.Sesudah empat tahun belajar di UGM saya lulus dengan gelar Sarjana pada tahun 2008.Pada tahun yang pertama sesudah lulus saya tidak bekerja tetapi pada tahun kedua sayamemperoleh pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani di dekat kota Ungaran. Sampai sekarangsaya masih bekerja pada usaha tani itu tetapi saya mencari pekerjaan di Pulau Flores. Sayaingin sekali bekerja di Flores karena saya lahir di sana dan ingin membantu pembangunandi pulau itu.

Affixation

Affixation is the morphological process whereby an affix is attached to the root or stem of aword. Affixes can be attached at the beginning (prefixation), in the middle (infixation) or the end(suffixation) of words. Infixation is rarely found in Indonesian, but in many cases prefixes and suf-fixes can be combined to form circumfixes.

The word kejuruan, for instance, consist of the root juru (skilled workman) and has a prefix (ke-)and a suffix (-an) attached to it. The combination of prefix and suffix is known as a circumfix. Thecircumfix ke-...-an here has the function to form the abstract noun kejuruan (vocation). In the com-ing weeks and months you will learn more about affixation, which is the morphological processwhereby an affix (prefix and/or suffix) is attached to a root or stem of a word.

The following gives you an overview of the affixes occurring in our small reading text. Affixatedwords are printed in bold.

ama saya Lukas Mitang. Saya lahir di kota Bajawa di Pulau Flores pada tahun 1978.Saya mulai belajar di sekolah dasar “Budi Luhur” di Ende. Saya belajar di sana sela-

ma enam tahun, dari 1984 sampai 1990. Saya belajar membaca, menulis dan matematikadasar. Waktu belajar di SD saya tinggal dengan kakak saya yang bekerja di Ende. Sesudahlulus sekolah dasar pada tahun yang keenam saya masuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama diKupang pada tahun 1991. Di SMP Kupang saya mengambil mata pelajaran Pancasila, ba-hasa Indonesia, bahasa Inggris, matematika, ilmu ekonomi, sejarah Indonesia dan ilmu pe-

N

Lesson 70

ngetahuan. Saya juga belajar olahraga. Waktu di SMP saya senang sekali bermain bulutangkis.

Lalu pada tahun 1994 saya masuk Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas di Kupang. SekolahTeknik Menengah Atas itu sekolah kejuruan. Waktu itu saya berumur enam belas tahun.Saya belajar di STMA selama tiga tahun. Di STMA saya mengambil mata pelajaran ma-tematika, bahasa Inggris, teknik pertanian dan ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya lulus denganhasil yang baik. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pindah keYogyakarta di Pulau Jawa. Saya ikut Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa Baru di Yogyakartadan saya memperoleh hasil yang baik.

Pada waktu itu saya menjadi bingung karena tidak tahu harus belajar apa. Saya juga tidaktahu sebaiknya belajar di mana. Jadi saya berbicara dengan paman saya yang menjadi pe-gawai negeri Departemen Pendidikan Nasional di Yogyakarta. Paman saya mengatakansebaiknya memilih universitas Katolik saja dan mengambil teknik pertanian karena wak-tu saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pandai dalam mata pelajaran ma-tematika. Tetapi bibi tidak setuju. Menurut bibi, saya lebih pandai dalam mata pelajaranbahasa Inggris. Jadi katanya sebaiknya mengambil bahasa Inggris saja di tingkat universi-tas. Bibi juga mengatakan sebaiknya saya jangan masuk universitas swasta seperti universi-tas Katolik. Lebih baik masuk universitas negeri, katanya.

Tentu saja saya menjadi lebih bingung lagi karena tidak tahu apa yang harus saya lakukan.Sesudah berpikir lama saya memilih kuliah teknik pertanian tetapi bukan di universitasKatolik. Katanya jurusan teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada cukup baik. UGMitu universitas negeri. Dosen di UGM terkenal pandai dan laboratoriumnya juga bagus.Jadi saya masuk Fakultas Pertanian di UGM.

Pada tahun yang pertama saya mengambil mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa Inggrisdan teknik dasar. Untuk saya mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian menarik sekali. Saya sangatsenang ikut kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya juga tertarik pada kuliah bahasa Inggris.Mata kuliah bahasa Inggris sukar tetapi saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Pada tahun yangkedua saya mengambil mata kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian dan bahasa Inggris lagi. Disamping itu saya mengambil mata kuliah teknik mesin dasar dan matematika. Pada tahunyang ketiga saya mengambil teknik mesin dan bahasa Inggris. Saya lulus ujian bahasa Ing-gris dan teknik mesin dengan hasil yang baik tetapi hasil saya dalam mata kuliah matemati-ka kurang baik.

Pada tahun yang keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian. Selama tigabulan kami harus tinggal di desa dengan keluarga petani. Setiap hari kami membantu parapetani bekerja di sawah, berkebun, dan memelihara sapi, kerbau, ayam dan kambing.Kami juga membantu membawa hasil pertanian ke pasar.

Sesudah empat tahun belajar di UGM saya lulus dengan gelar Sarjana pada tahun 2008.Pada tahun yang pertama sesudah lulus saya tidak bekerja tetapi pada tahun kedua sayamemperoleh pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani di dekat kota Ungaran. Sampai sekarangsaya masih bekerja pada usaha tani itu tetapi saya mencari pekerjaan di Pulau Flores. Sayaingin sekali bekerja di Flores karena saya lahir di sana dan ingin membantu pembangun-an di pulau itu.

Lesson 70

Affix Wordsse- selama, sesudah, setiap, sebuah, setujuper-...-an pelajaran, pertanianpeN-...-an pembangunan, pengetahuan, penerimaan, pendidikanber- belajar, bekerja, bermain, berumur, berbicarameN- (Passive: di-) membaca, menarik, menulis, menengah, memelihara,

mengambil, menjadi, memilih, menurut, mencari, membantu

meN-kan (Passive: di-...-kan or -kan) mengatakanke- keenam, ketiga, keempat-nya laboratoriumnyake-...-an kejuruan-an jurusanmemper- memperolehter- terkenal, tertarikse-...-nya sebaiknya

se-The prefix se- is derived from satu ‘one’. Tuju by itself does not mean anything. Menuju is ‘to

go in the direction of’ so that setuju has the literal meaning ‘having one direction’

buah fruit sebuah a, onelama long (in duration) selama during, whiletiap each, every setiap each and everytuju - setuju agree

pe-The prefix pe- is based on ber- verbs and indicates the person who performs the action of the

verb:

bertani to work the fields petani farmerbertenis to play tennis petenis tennis playerbelajar to learn pelajar learner, studentberenang to swim perenang swimmer

per-...-anThe noun-forming circumflex per-...-an is derived from intransitive ber- verbs.

belajar to learn pelajaran lessonbertani to farm pertanian agriculture

Lesson 70

peN-...-anThe noun-forming circumflex peN-...-an is derived from transitive meN- (including meN-...-kan

and meN-...-i verbs) verbs. The resulting nouns are “active verbal nouns” describing the processor the act of doing something

membangun (bangun) to build pembangunan the process of buildingmengetahui (ke=tahu=i) to know something pengetahuan knowledgemenerima (terima) to accept penerimaan acceptancemendidik (duduk) to educate pendidikan education

ber-The prefix ber- forms intransitive verbs. Often the roots by themselves are not used independ-

ently; ajar does not occur in any other context but in the phrase kurang ajar ‘extremely rude’, aswearword; bicara rarely occurs on it’s own – if it does it is usually the colloquial form of berbicarawhere the prefix ber- has been dropped. Based on nouns ber- verbs usually have the meaning ‘tohave’ or ‘to wear’ (e.g. nama ‘name’ bernama ‘to have a name’, buah ‘fruit’ berbuah ‘to havefruits’, bersepatu ‘to wear shoes’).

ajar - belajar to learnbicara - berbicara to speakkerja work bekerja to workmain play bermain to playumur age berumur to have an age

meN-The prefix meN- forms transitive verbs. The N stands for the nasal that is often attached

between the prefix me- and the base. The nasal can be n, ng, m, ny, or Ø. If a base has p, t, or kas initial consonant then the consonant is replaced by the nasal.

You have learned that the meaning of menurut is ‘according to’. In fact it is a verb meaning ‘tofollow’ and ‘to obey’, so the phrase menurut pendapat saya ‘according to my opinion’ literallymeans ‘following my opinion’. Menarik ‘interesting’ is also a verb meaning ‘to pull, attract’. Mene-ngah is derived from tengah ‘middle’, and is only found in combination with sekolah or pendidikan– in Indonesian as well as in Malaysian.

Base + meN- Meaningbaca membaca to readtulis menulis to writepelihara memelihara to raiseambil mengambil to takejadi menjadi to be, becomebantu membantu to help, assisttarik menarik to pull, attractivepilih memilih to choose

Lesson 70

kata (-kan) mengatakan to sayturut menurut to follow, obeytengah menengah middle, intermediate

ke-This prefix forms ordinal numbers: kedua ‘second’, ketiga ‘third’ etc.

-nyaThis suffix can have several functions: the main function is that of a third perfect personal pro-

noun, e.g. rumahnya ‘his house’, sepedanya ‘her bike’, and laboratoriumnya ‘its laboratory’. In itslatter function as a neutral personal pronoun it often functions in a similar way as the English def-inite article ‘the’.

Ke-...-an and -an are both noun-forming affixes. The circumflex ke-...-an is usually quite pre-dictable in that it forms abstract nouns which are most often based on adjectives, e.g. baik ‘kind’kebaikan ‘kindness’, kaya ‘miskin’ kekayaan ‘wealth’, tinggi ‘high’ ketinggian ‘altitude’ etc. Whenattached to nouns it still forms abstract nouns, e.g. juru ‘specialist, artisan’ and sekolah kejuruan‘specialist school’. Compare also fakultas kedokteran ‘college of medicine’, ilmu kelautan ‘ocean-ology’,

The suffix -an is most often based on verbal bases: minum ‘drink’ minuman ‘ a drink’, makan toeat’ makanan ‘food’, menjurus ‘to point into a certain direction’ jurusan ‘direction, (academic) de-partment’.

For the other affixes ter-, memper- and se-...-nya we have encountered too few examples sothat they will be discussed at a later time.

Sneddon’s grammar gives an exhaustive overview of the above, and the many other affixes inthe Indonesian language. You may also want to check out http://www.bahasakita.com/grammar.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

membawa to garden, farm terkenal firstberkebun agricultural business bulan to agreemasih finished, completed tahu difficultusaha tani to do something hasil pertanian interestedpindah still sawah state ideologymemilih to carry, bring sukar exammelakukan to take care of bingung month, moonmemelihara to choose ujian confused selesai cattle setuju rice fieldsapi to move tertarik to know

pertama crops Pancasila famous

Lesson 70

Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian (1)

Bacalah teks “Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan.

1. When Lukas Mitang was in primary school, he lived with his...A. cousinB. fatherC. motherD. sister

2. While in intermediate school, what sport did Lukas Mitang like to play?A. soccerB. rugbyC. badmintonD. basketball

3. What kind of school is Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas?A. Pre-university schoolB. UniversityC. Vocational School

4. What kind of engineering did Lukas Mitang study at Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas?A. agricultural engineeringB. civil engineeringC. architectural engineeringD. mechanical engineering

5. After having completed his studies, where did Lukas Mitang move to?A. JavaB. MalukuC. KalimantanD. Sumatra

Latihan 3—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian (2)

Bacalah teks “Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan.

1. When Lukas Mitang arrived in Java, how did he feel about studying there?A. He knew exactly what he wanted to study.B. He was confused and was unsure about what to study.C. He liked studying but did not want to study anymore.D. He did not like to study and decided that moving was a bad idea.

2. Whose advice did Lukas Mitang ask for about his future career? Select all that apply.A. MotherB. FatherC. AuntD. Uncle

Lesson 70

3. Lukas Mitang’s uncle said that he should attend what kind of university?A. Private universityB. Public universityC. Either a private or a public university

4. Why did Lukas’ uncle say that he should attend the university from question #3?A. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at mathematicsB. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at engineeringC. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at EnglishD. Because Lukas Mitang is very religious

5. Lukas Mitang’s aunt said that he should attend what kind of university?A. Private universityB. Public universityC. Either a private or a public university

6. Why did Lukas’ aunt say that he should attend the university from question #5?A. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at mathematicsB. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at engineeringC. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at EnglishD. Because Lukas Mitang is very religious

7. Lukas Mitang decided to study engineering at the university. Which branch of engineeringdid he decide to study?A. Mechanical EngineeringB. Agricultural EngineeringC. Civil EngineeringD. Architectural Engineering

Latihan 4—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian (3)

Jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan.

1. According to the narrative, did Lukas Mitang find the subject he chose to study at the uni-versity interesting?A. YesB. No

2. What subjects did Lukas Mitang take in his first year? Select all that apply.A. Agricultural EconomicsB. EnglishC. MathematicsD. Basic EngineeringE. Mechanical Engineering

3. What subjects did Lukas Mitang take in his second year? Select all that apply.A. Agricultural EconomicsB. EnglishC. MathematicsD. Basic EngineeringE. Mechanical Engineering

Lesson 70

4. What subjects did Lukas Mitang take in his third year? Select all that apply.A. Agricultural EconomicsB. EnglishC. MathematicsD. Basic EngineeringE. Mechanical Engineering

5. Of the three exams that Lukas Mitang took, which ones did he say that he received goodresults from? (select two)A. EnglishB. Mechanical EngineeringC. MathematicsD. All of the exams

6. During Lukas Mitang’s fourth year, he studied the sociology of agriculture. According tothe narrative, what did he do? Select all that apply.A. Lived in villages with peasant farmers for 3 monthsB. Helped the peasant farmers to bring agricultural produce to the marketC. Studied his textbooks and manuals on the different aspects of the sociology of agri-

cultureD. Assisted in taking care of the different farm animals

7. What year did Lukas Mitang graduate?A. 2006B. 2007C. 2008D. 2009

8. Upon graduation, did Lukas Mitang find a job?A. Yes, he found a job in his first year after graduation.B. Yes, he found a job in his second year after graduation.C. No, he is still looking for a job.D. No, he has decided that he does not like agriculture and is looking to go back to

school for a different discipline.

Latihan 5—Pemahaman

Each of the following sentences is taken from the “Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Petani” passage, but in each of them there is one word that is factually wrong, i.e. is not consistent with account of Lukas Mitang’s education given in the textbook’s narrative. Write the factually wrong word (as far as possible without looking back at the passage).

1. Kami harus pergi ke desa dan tinggal dengan keluarga petani selama tiga hari.____________

2. Katanya kuliah teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada kurang baik. ____________3. Pada tahun yang pertama saya mengambil mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa Ing-

gris dan sastra. ____________4. Paman saya mengatakan, sebaiknya saya memilih universitas Islam saja. ____________5. Paman saya menjadi pengusaha di Yogyakarta. ____________

Lesson 70

6. Saya lahir di kota Bajawa di Pulau Ambon pada tahun 1978. ____________7. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pindah ke Semarang

di Pulau Jawa. ____________8. Tetapi dua tahun sesudah saya lulus, saya memperoleh pekerjaan pada pabrik di dekat

kota Ungaran. ____________9. Waktu saya belajar di SD saya tinggal dengan nenek saya yang bekerja di Ende.

____________10. Waktu saya di SMP saya senang sekali bermain tenis. ____________

Latihan 6—Isian: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian

Fill in the gaps using affixiated words formed from the following bases: ajar—ambil—bangun—bantu—bawa—bicara—didik—jadi—kata—kebun—kerja—lama—pelihara—pikir—pilih—sudah—tarik—tengah—terima—tiap—tuju—umur

Possible affixiations are: 1. The prefixes meN-, ber-, and se-. 2. The circumfixes meN-...-kan and peN-...-an.

Pada tahun 1994 saya masuk Sekolah Teknik ______________ Atas di Kupang. Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas itu sekolah kejuruan. Waktu itu saya ______________ enam belas

tahun. Saya ______________ di STMA selama tiga tahun. Di STMA saya mengambil mata pelajaran matematika, bahasa Inggris, teknik pertanian dan ilmu ekonomi pertanian.

Saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah mene-ngah atas saya pindah ke Yogyakarta di Pulau Jawa. Saya ikut Seleksi ______________

Mahasiswa Baru di Yogyakarta dan saya memperoleh hasil yang baik.

Pada waktu itu saya menjadi bingung karena tidak tahu harus belajar apa. Saya juga ti-dak tahu sebaiknya belajar di mana. Jadi saya ______________ dengan paman saya yang

______________ pegawai negeri Departemen ______________ Nasional di Yogyakarta. Pa-man saya ______________ sebaiknya ______________ universitas Katolik saja dan mengam-

bil teknik pertanian karena waktu saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pandai dalam mata pelajaran matematika. Tetapi bibi tidak ______________. [...]

Tentu saja saya menjadi lebih bingung lagi karena tidak tahu apa yang harus saya laku-

kan. Sesudah ______________ lama saya memilih kuliah teknik pertanian tetapi bukan di universitas Katolik. Katanya jurusan teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada cukup

baik. UGM itu universitas negeri. Dosen di UGM terkenal pandai dan laboratoriumnya juga bagus. Jadi saya masuk Fakultas Pertanian di UGM.

Pada tahun yang pertama saya ______________ mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa

Inggris dan teknik dasar. Untuk saya mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian ______________ seka-

Lesson 70

li. Saya sangat senang ikut kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya juga tertarik pada kuliah

bahasa Inggris. Mata kuliah bahasa Inggris sukar tetapi saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Pada tahun yang kedua saya mengambil mata kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian dan

bahasa Inggris lagi. [...]

______________ tiga bulan kami harus tinggal di desa dengan keluarga petani. ______________ hari kami ______________ para petani bekerja di sawah, ______________, dan

______________ sapi, kerbau, ayam dan kambing. Kami juga membantu ______________ ha-sil pertanian ke pasar.

______________ empat tahun belajar di UGM saya lulus dengan gelar Sarjana pada tahun

2008. Pada tahun yang pertama sesudah lulus saya tidak ______________ tetapi pada ta-hun kedua saya memperoleh pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani di dekat kota Ungaran.

Sampai sekarang saya masih bekerja pada usaha tani itu tetapi saya mencari pekerjaan di Pulau Flores. Saya ingin sekali bekerja di Flores karena saya lahir di sana dan ingin

membantu ______________ di pulau itu.

Latihan 7—Jawab Singkat

Translate the following English phrases into Indonesian.

Example: the third day = hari yang ketigathe fifteenth car = mobil yang kelima belas

1. the first person ..................................................

2. the fourth exam ..................................................

3. the third year ..................................................

4. the fifth word ..................................................

5. the second water buffalo ..................................................

6. the eighth school ..................................................

7. the seventh week ..................................................

8. the tenth month ..................................................

9. the twenty-seventh child ..................................................

10. the one thousandth farmer ..................................................

Lesson 70

Latihan 8—Terjemahkan

Terjemahkanlah kalimat berikut:

1. “In the second year I got a job at a farm.”

....................................................................................................................................

2. “Until now I still work at that office.”

....................................................................................................................................

3. “I passed with a good result.”

....................................................................................................................................

Latihan 9—Kosa Kata

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. katolik a. at that time2. bibi b. to say something3. teknik mesin c. sociology4. ekonomi pertanian d. an aunt, Aunt (so-and-so)5. gelar e. agricultural engineering6. paman f. confused, worried, undecided7. sarjana g. Catholic8. laboratorium h. university graduate, scholar9. tertarik (pada) i. an expert

10. jurusan j. an uncle, Uncle (so-and-so)11. bingung k. department or program 12. pada waktu itu l. laboratory13. ahli m. mechanical engineering14. sosiologi n. interested (in)15. mengatakan o. agricultural economics16. teknik pertanian p. title17. memilih q. to garden, to farm18. berkebun r. finished, done, completed19. membawa s. to choose20. selesai t. to bring, carry

Lesson 71

Berapa Lama Bapak Belajar di…?

Aims

• To practise asking and answering questions about education.• To practise using Bapak and Ibu to talk to a respected person about his or her education,

then use kamu to talk to a close friend about his or her education.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

banget very, really menjadi to be, becomebantuan assistance, help menolong to helpberapa lama how long miskin poordaerah region, area mudah easyhukum law nggak no, not (informal)kerja to work (informal) pancasila Indonesian state ideologykurang less, not...enough pendapat opinionlahir to be born sama and (informal)lumayan not bad, quiet good tertarik pada interested inmemilih to choose, to select sih a slangy particle that adds

emphasis and colour to a question menarik interesting

Asking and Answering Questions about Education

From talking at length about education, let’s turn now to question and answer. Study this dia-logue in which a reporter conducts an interview (wawancara) with a famous lawyer. Listen to Sound File 071-01. While listening, answer the following questions: 1) In whatyear was the lawyer born? 2) In what year did he begin his studies? 3) Besides law, whatelse did he study? 4) What did he do after finishing his studies?

71

Lesson 71

Wawancara dengan Seorang Pengacara

Bapak lahir di mana? Saya lahir di desa Kemiri pada tahun 1975.

Tahun berapa Bapak mulai kuliah? Saya masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur diManado pada tahun 1994.

Berapa lama Bapak belajar diuniversitas itu?

Saya belajar di sana selama enam tahun.

Bapak kuliah apa di situ? Di Universitas Upaya Luhur dulu saya kuliah hukum dan sejarah. Di samping itu saya juga belajar bahasa Perancis.

O begitu. Mengapa Bapak tertarik pada hukum?

Karena saya ingin menjadi pengacara.

Hmmm. Menurut pendapat Bapak apakah Universitas Upaya Luhur itu bagus?

Saya kira Universitas Upaya Luhur itu lumayan bagus tetapi kampusnya terlalu jauh dari kota.

Menurut pendapat Bapak kuliah hukum itu sukar?

Saya kira kuliah hukum itu sukar tetapi sama sekali tidak membosankan karenakami selalu berbicara tentang kasus-kasus menarik.

Bagaimana hasil ujian Bapak dulu? Oh, biasanya hasil ujian saya cukup baik.

Sesudah tamat kuliah Bapak bekerja di mana?

Saya pindah ke Jakarta dan menjadi pengacara di kantor LBH.

LBH? Apa itu? LBH itu Lembaga Bantuan Hukum yangmenolong orang miskin yang bermasalah.

O begitu. Di mana kantornya? Kantornya di Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I,Nomor 35, Jakarta.

Now, do Latihan 2–3 to check your understanding of this dialogue. After that, use the following substitution table for more practice in asking and answering about your or your friends’ education.

Substitution Tables

The questions and answers in this dialogue can be fleshed out in the form of substitutiontables. Substitution tables allow you to practise sentences patterns over and over, but with lots ofvariation. Study the pairs of substitution tables below. Practise generating questions using thefirst substitution table in each pair, and generating answers from the second table in the pair.Make sure question and answer fit together sensibly. You should try to learn by heart as much ofthe substitution tables as you can. Try also to elaborate on them by making your own additions tokey columns in each table.

Lesson 71

1.Tahun berapa AndaDi mana Bapak lahir ?Tanggal berapa Ibu

provinsi ___desa ___

Saya lahir tahun sembilan belas _____ di kota ___ _______.pulau ___daerah ___

2.Sekolah Dasar

Anda mulai belajar di SMA / SMPTahun berapa Bapak masuk Sekolah Teknik Atas ?

Ibu tamat akademiuniversitasUI

Sekolah DasarSMP

mulai belajar di SMASaya masuk Sekolah Teknik Atas pada tahun ______ .

tamat akademiuniversitasUI

3.Sekolah Dasar ___

Berapa lama Anda belajar kota ___Berapa tahun Bapak kuliah di Universitas ___ ?

Ibu Fakultas ___SMA ___

Sekolah Dasar ___belajar kota ___ tahun.

Saya kuliah di Universitas ___ selama ___ bulan.Fakultas ___ minggu.SMU ___

4.Anda memilih mata pelajaranIbu mengambil mata kuliah apa ?Bapak belajar

Lesson 71

sejarahbahasa inggrisilmu ekonomi

memilih teknik mesinSaya mengambil mata pelajaran matematika dan ____

belajar mata kuliah Pancasila sosiologipertanianhukum

5.sejarah eropa bahasa jepang

suka ilmu politikAnda memilih teknik elektro

Mengapa Bapak mengambil matematika ?Ibu belajar Pancasila

tertarik pada studi pembangunanpertanianhukum

sejarah Eropabahasa Jepang petani

suka ilmu politik gurumemilih teknik elektro karena saya

ingin menjadidosen

Saya mengambil matematika pengacarabelajar Pancasila ahli politiktertarik pada studi pembangunan insinyur

pertanian pegawai negerihukum

6.Universitas ___kota ___

Ibu mata pelajaran ___ baikMenurut pendapat Bapak apakah mata kuliah ___ itu menyenangkan ?

Anda SMP ___ menarikFakultas ___Sekolah Dasar ___

Lesson 71

Universitas ___kota ___ sangatmata pelajaran ___ cukup baik

Saya kira mata kuliah ___ itu tidak menyenangkan karena ___SMP ___ kurang menarikFakultas ___ lumayanSekolah Dasar ___

7.Ibu pelajaran ___ mudah

Menurut pendapat Bapak apakah mata kuliah ___ itu sukar ?Anda studi ___ membosankan

kuliah ___

pelajaran ___mata pelajaran ___ cukup mudah

Saya kira mata kuliah ___ itu memang sukar karena ___studi ___ tidak membosankankuliah ___ lumayan

8.memakai komputermasuk ___sejarah Eropa bahasa Jepang

Ibu ilmu politikApakah Anda lulus ujian teknik elektro dengan hasil yang baik?

Bapak sarjanastudi pembangunanpertanianhukummengetik

Lesson 71

memakai komputermasuk ___sejarah Eropabahasa Jepangilmu politik

Ya. saya lulus ujian teknik elektro dengan hasil yang baik sekali.studi pembangunanpertanianhukummengetik

memakai komputermasuksejarah Eropabahasa Jepangilmu politik

Tidak. Saya tidak lulus ujian teknik elektro karena _____sarjanastudi pembangunanpertanianhukummengetik

9.pada tingkat SMA Bapak bekerja di mana

Sesudah tamat belajar di Universitas ___ Anda menjadi apa ?di Fakultas ___ Ibu pindah ke mana

kota Jakarta. wartawan.provinsi Papua Barat. pegawai negeri.

pindah ke Departemen Pendidikan. Saya menjadi karyawan toko.Saya bekerja di Pulau Lombok petani.

Departemen Pertanian sekretaris.desa ahli hukum.

wartawan. kota Jakartapegawai negeri. provinsi Irian Jayakaryawan toko. Departemen Pendidikan

Saya menjadi petani. Saya bekerja di Pulau Lomboksekretaris. Departemen Pertanianpengacara. desa

Lesson 71

Exercise 071-01

Below you will find some answers. Write a question that fits with each of the answers. Don’tforget to use a pronoun meaning “you” in your question.

1. Pertanyaan:..............................................................................................................................Jawaban: Saya bekerja di kantor Kepala Desa.

2. Pertanyaan:..............................................................................................................................Jawaban: Ya, saya tamat dengan hasil yang cukup baik.

3. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................Jawaban: Saya kira mata kuliah sejarah itu menarik sekali.

4. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................Jawaban: Saya kira Universitas Upaya Luhur kurang bagus karena perpustakaannya jelek.

5. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................Jawaban: Saya tertarik pada studi pembangunan karena saya ingin menjadi pegawai Departemen Pertanian.

6. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................Jawaban: Saya mengambil mata kuliah sejarah dan bahasa Jepang.

7. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................Jawaban: Saya kuliah di sana selama lima tahun.

8. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................Jawaban: Saya masuk Sekolah Menengah Atas pada tahun 2001.

9. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................Jawaban: Di kota Bengkulu pada tahun 1988.

10. Pertanyaan: .............................................................................................................................Jawaban: Ya, senang sekali.

Finding Out About Someone’s Education

Interrogate your classmates or your teacher/tutor about their education. Imagine that you aretalking to someone significantly older than yourself. Use Bapak and Ibu when you are talking tothis older person.

The model dialogue, substitution tables and Exercise 71-01 in this lesson give you a portfolioof resources that you can use to ask and answer questions about someone’s education. ReviewLessons 67, 68, 69 and 70 will also help you frame questions and answer them.

Don’t forget to listen with interest to the answers that are given to your questions. Show in-terest, and keep the conversation interactive, with phrases like:

O begitu. (I see. Is that so.)Kalau begitu…. (If that’s the case…)Nanti dulu. (Just a moment.)Aduh! (Wow! Oh!)Maaf, boleh saya bertanya? (Sorry, can I ask you something?)Memang, saya setuju. (That’s right, I agree.)Wah… maaf, saya sama sekali tidak setuju. (Oh… sorry, I don’t agree at all.)

Lesson 71

Menarik sekali. (That’s very interesting.)Kasihan! (You poor thing!)

Now Talk to Someone Closer To Your Own Age

Here’s how this lesson’s model dialogue might go if the two speakers were young andclose friends. Listen to Sound File 071-02 and compare it with the more formal model dia-logue at the beginning of the lesson.

Dian Eka

Dian

Kamu lahir di mana? Aku lahir di Kemiri tahun 1985.

EkaO gitu. Tahun berapa kamumulai kuliah?

Aku masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur di Manado tahun 2003.

Berapa lama belajar di sana? Aku belajar di sana enam tahun.

Ambil kuliah apa waktu itu? Di Upaya Luhur aku ambil hukum sama sejarah dan bahasa Perancis juga.

Kenapa kamu kepinginbelajar hukum?

Yaaa, aku kepingin jadi pengacara.

Universitas Upaya Luhur itu gimana, sih? Bagus nggak?

Kalo menurutku sih lumayan bagus. Tapi jauh banget dari kota.

Terus, kuliah hukum itu sulit nggak? Buat aku sih, kuliah hukum lumayan sulit tapi nggak ngebosanin, soalnya kami selalu ngobrol soal kasus-kasus menarik.

Gimana hasil ujianmu? Ya. biasanya sih hasilnya baik.

Abis tamat kerja di mana? Aku pindah ke Jakarta jadi pengacara diLBH.

LBH? Apaan sih? LBH itu Lembaga Bantuan Hukum yang nolong orang miskin bermasalah.

O gitu. Kantornya di mana? Kantornya di Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I,Nomor 35, Jakarta.

Do Latihan 4 to check your understanding of this informal version dialogue.

Now, drawing on this dialogue for ideas, go over the substitution tables and Exercise 71-01and change them so that that they are more informal. For example, all occurrences of Bapak, Ibuand Anda will be replaced with kamu, and all instances of saya will be replaced with aku. Verbswith a me- or ber- prefix will lose that prefix. “Apakah questions” will lose their initial apakah andwill adopt a sharply rising inflection. Tidak will become nggak, begitu will become gitu, and inginwill become kepingin. Informal words like mikir (think), gampang (easy), and sama (and, with) willappear. And so on. See how many changes you can make to render the substitution tables andthe exercise more informal.

Lesson 71

Then repeat your effort to find out about someone’s education, this time imagining that you areyoung and talking to someone roughly the same age as yourself. Adopt a relaxed attitude as youspeak.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

banget how long menarik poorberapa lama very (Jakarta Indon.) menolong to helpdaerah law miskin interested inhukum to choose mudah Indon. state philosophylahir fair, reasonable Pancasila opinionlumayan region pendapat easymemilih to be born tertarik pada to pull, interesting

Latihan 2—Pemahaman

Listen to Sound File 071-01 to answer the following questions.

1. Pada umur berapa pengacara itu mulai belajar di universitas?A. 17 tahunB. 18 tahunC. 19 tahunD. 20 tahun

2. Pengacara itu kuliah…A. hukum, bahasa Prancis, sejarahB. hukum, bahasa Belanda, sejarahC. hukum, bahasa Jerman, ekonomiD. hukum, bahasa Inggris, sejarah

3. Kenapa Bapak itu mau menjadi pengacara?A. Karena gajinya besar.B. Karena ia ingin membantu orang.C. Karena ia tertarik pada hukum.D. Karena mata kuliahnya tidak membosankan.

4. Apakah, menurut pengacara itu, kuliah hukum sulit?A. Sama sekali tidak sulit karena selalu ada kasus yang menarik.B. Tidak, mata kuliah hukum mudah sekali.C. Iya, kuliah hukum sulit tetapi cukup menarik.D. Memang sulit dan juga cukup membosankan.

Lesson 71

5. Sesudah selesai kuliah, di mana pengacara itu tinggal?A. Ia tinggal di Manado.B. Ia tinggal di Desa KemiriC. Ia tinggal di Jakarta.D. Ia tinggal di Kebon Jeruk.

6. Di mana alamat kantor LBH?A. Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur II nomor 53B. Jalan Kebon Jeruk I nomor 35C. Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur nomor 53D. Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I nomor 35

Latihan 3— Isian

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bantuan—bermasalah—hukum—kasus-kasus—kuliah—lahir—membosankan—pengacara—selama—tamat—tertarik

Bapak ___________ di mana?

Saya lahir di desa Kemiri pada tahun 1975.

Tahun berapa Bapak mulai kuliah?

Saya masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur di Manado pada tahun 1994.

Berapa lama Bapak belajar di universitas itu?

Saya belajar di sana ___________ enam tahun.

Bapak kuliah apa di situ?

Di Universitas Upaya Luhur dulu saya kuliah ___________ dan sejarah. Di sam-ping itu saya juga belajar bahasa Perancis.

O begitu. Mengapa Bapak ___________ pada hukum?

Karena saya ingin menjadi ___________.

Hmmm. Menurut pendapat Bapak apakah Universitas Upaya Luhur itu bagus?

Saya kira Universitas Upaya Luhur itu lumayan bagus tetapi kampusnya terlalujauh dari kota.

Lesson 71

Menurut pendapat Bapak kuliah hukum itu sukar?

Saya kira ___________ hukum itu sukar tetapi sama sekali tidak ___________ karena kami selalu berbicara tentang ___________ menarik.

Bagaimana hasil ujian Bapak dulu?

Oh, biasanya hasil ujian saya cukup baik.

Sesudah ___________ kuliah Bapak bekerja di mana?

Saya pindah ke Jakarta dan menjadi pengacara di kantor LBH.

LBH? Apa itu?

LBH itu Lembaga ___________ Hukum yang menolong orang miskin yang ___________.

O begitu. Di mana kantornya?

Kantornya di Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I, Nomor 35, Jakarta.

Latihan 4—Isian: Informal

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: abis—ambil—kepingin—lahir—ngebosanin—nolong—O gitu—sih—soal—soalnya

Kamu __________ di mana? Aku lahir di Kemiri tahun 1985.

O gitu. Tahun berapa kamu mulai kuliah?

Aku masuk Universitas Upaya Lu-hur di Manado tahun 2003.

Berapa lama belajar di sana? Aku belajar di sana enam tahun.

__________ kuliah apa waktu itu? Di Upaya Luhur aku ambil hukum sama sejarah dan bahasa Prancis juga.

O gitu. Kenapa kamu __________ belajar hukum?

Yaaa, aku kepingin jadi pengacara.

__________. Universitas Upaya Lu-hur itu gimana, sih? Bagus nggak?

Kalo menurutku sih lumayan ba-gus. Tapi jauh banget dari kota.

Terus, kuliah hukum itu sulit ng- Buat saya sih, kuliah hukum luma-

Lesson 71

gak? yan sulit tapi nggak __________, __________ kami selalu ngobrol __________ kasus-kasus menarik.

Gimana hasil ujianmu? Ya. biasanya sih hasilnya baik.

__________ tamat kerja di mana? Aku pindah ke Jakarta jadi penga-cara di LBH.

LBH? Apaan __________? LBH itu Lembaga Bantuan Hukum yang __________ orang miskin ber-masalah.

O gitu. Kantornya di mana? Di Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I, No-mor 35, Jakarta

Latihan 5—Formal dan Informal

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan ragam informalnya di sebelah kanan.

1. memilih a. ngobrol

2. bekerja b. mikir

3. lalu c. buat

4. menjadi d. soal

5. karena e. sama

6. berpikir f. nolong

7. membosankan g. gampang

8. untuk h. ngebosanin

9. obrol i. terus

10. menolong j. soalnya

11. dan k. jadi

12. tentang l. milih

13. mudah m. kerja

Lesson 71

Latihan 6—Kosa Kata

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. bantuan a. lawyer

2. kasus b. to choose

3. bermasalah c. to become, to be

4. pengacara d. assistance

5. studi pembangunan e. boring

6. teknik elektro f. to have a problem

7. memilih g. electrical engineering

8. membosankan h. to help

9. menolong i. case

10. menjadi j. development studies

11. lahir k. to be born

Latihan 7—Rangkai Kata

Urutkan kata-kata berikut menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti berikut:

1. “Why do you take a course in law?”Mengapa—mata—kuliah—Bapak—mengambil—hukum?

2. “In your opinion, is history an interesting subject?”Menurut—sejarah—pelajaran—Anda,—apakah—pendapat—menarik?

3. “I moved to Jakarta to become a lawyer at the legal aid office.”Aku pindah—pengacara—Jakarta—menjadi—ke—di—LBH.

Lesson 71

Latihan 8—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)

Mendatar:1. informal for mudah4. informal for bercakap-cakap6. informal for dan10. informal for membosankan11. informal for menjadi12. informal for lalu

Menurun:2. informal for memilih3. informal for menolong5. informal for untuk6. informal for karena7. informal for tentang8. informal for bekerja9. informal for berpikir

Lesson 72

“Selamat Datang Bapak Presiden”

Aims

• To provide the vocabulary, a model narrative, sentences shells and examples of question/answer interaction that will enable you to talk about education.

• To practice using Bapak and Ibu to talk to a respected person about his/her education andcareer.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

berita news mengurus to take care ofberkunjung to visit minta tolong to ask for helpdaerah region miskin poordulu in the past muda youngkemudian then paman unclelain others pernah evermajalah magazine, journal teknik sipil civil engineeringmembangun to build terkenal famous, popular

Sudah Pernah and Belum Pernah

Sudah pernah and belum pernah are very common phrases, but they are not all that easy touse idiomatically. Basically pernah adds a dimension of emphasis to sudah or belum, and narrowstheir meanings a little.

Savour the difference between these two English sentences.

Have you studied French? Have you ever studied French?

The first sentence feels like a mild, rather general, inquiry that almost seems to invite more thanjust a yes/no answer, whereas the second sentence seems to be asking much more bluntly:“Have you AT ANY TIME IN THE PAST ever studied French: YES or NO?”

Sudah pernah (and its negative counterpart belum pernah) add an edge of emphasis and spe-cific focus like the second sentence above. They help to form emphatic statements or ask

72

Lesson 72

straightforward questions, about what you have or haven’t done, or about what has or hasn’thappened.

Ibu Zainab sudah pernah berkunjung ke Sumatra.Mrs Zainab has made a visit to Sumatra.Saya sudah pernah belajar bahasa Arab, tetapi dulu.I have studied Arabic, but some time back.Saya belum pernah minum bir Indonesia.I have never ever drunk Indonesian beer.Dia belum pernah bekerja pada malam hari.She has never worked at night.Apakah dia sudah pernah minta tolong pada pamannya?Has he ever asked his uncle for help?Apakah Ibu sudah pernah ke luar negeri?Have you ever been overseas?

The sudah is often dropped from the phrase sudah pernah, especially if there is another markerof pastness in the sentence, like dulu, for example.

Dulu Ibu Zainab pernah berkunjung ke Sumatera.Mrs Zainab once went for a visit to Sumatra.Saya pernah belajar bahasa Arab, tetapi dulu.I have studied Arabic, but some time back.Apakah dia pernah minta tolong pada pamannya?Has he ever asked his uncle for help?Apakah Ibu pernah ke luar negeri?Have you ever been overseas?

When sudah accompanies pernah in a question, the question is answered either with sudahpernah (in colloquial speech often abbreviated to pernah) or belum pernah, or, more simply, su-dah or belum.

Apakah Bapak sudah pernah belajar mengetik?Have you ever studied how to type?Sudah. Belum.Yes, I have.No, I haven’tApakah Ibu sudah pernah bekerja pada hari Sabtu atau hari Minggu?Have you ever worked on a Saturday or Sunday?Sudah pernah. Belum pernah.Yes, I have.No, I haven’t

Exercise 72-01

Answer each of these questions either in the affirmative or in the negative by choosing eithersudah or belum. Then add a follow-up sentence beginning with Tetapi and containing sudah per-nah or belum pernah. Refer to yourself as saya irrespective of whether the question addressesyou as Anda, Bapak or Ibu. Study the examples first.

Apakah Ibu sudah pernah belajar mengurus kantor?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi saya sudah pernah belajar mengetik.

Lesson 72

Apakah Bapak sudah pernah bekerja di pabrik mobil?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi saya belum pernah bekerja di pabrik pakaian.

1. Apakah Anda sudah pernah bekerja pada malam hari?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

2. Apakah Ibu sudah pernah memakai komputer?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

3. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah memperbaiki mobil yang rusak?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

4. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah membangun rumah?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

5. Apakah Anda sudah pernah bekerja di kampung?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

6. Apakah Ibu sudah pernah mengajar di sekolah dasar?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

7. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah mengambil mata kuliah teknik sipil?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

8. Sebelum pindah ke sini apakah Anda sudah pernah belajar di perguruan tinggi?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

9. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah bekerja sebagai insinyur?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

10.Apakah Anda sudah pernah menulis untuk surat kabar?Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

Wawancara dengan Ahmad Tohari

Ahmad Tohari is a well known Indonesian writer. His book Ronggeng Dukuh Paruk wastranslated under the title “The Dancer” by René T.A. Lysloff (Jakarta : Lontar Foundation,2003). The following is not a real interview with Ahmad Tohari.

Listen to Sound File 072-01.

Bu Nia (wartawan) Ahmad Tohari

Bu Nia

Pak Ahmad lahirnya kapan? Saya lahir tanggal 13 Juni 1948.

AhmadTohari

Di mana Bapak lahir? Saya lahir di desa Tinggarjaya di daerah Banyumas di provinsi Jawa Tengah.

Hmmm. Lalu... bagaimana pendidikanBapak? Di mana Bapak belajar?

Saya masuk sekolah dasar di desa Ting-garjaya. Kemudian saya belajar di SMP dan SMA di kota Purwokerto.

Apakah Bapak pernah kuliah di per-guruan tinggi?

Pernah. Saya masuk Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Jenderal Sudirman di Purwo-kerto.

Bagaimana hasil studi Bapak? Baik? O tidak! Saya tidak lulus!

O begitu. Lalu... katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di Jakarta. Apakah itu betul?

Memang. Saya pernah belajar di Fakultas Kedokteran Universitas Ibnu Khaldun di Jakarta tetapi di sana juga saya tidak ber-hasil.

Lesson 72

Katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di Amerika Serikat.

Betul. Pada tahun 1990 saya belajar sela-ma satu tahun di Universitas Iowa di Ame-rika Serikat.

Tahun berapa Bapak mulai menulis? Saya mulai menulis pada tahun 1978. Sampai sekarang saya sudah menulis tu-juh novel.

Banyak sekali! Katanya novel-novel Bapak cukup terkenal.

Ya, katanya. Tetapi sampai sekarang sayamasih miskin.

Ha ha ha! Bapak menulis novel ten-tang apa?

Saya menulis tentang kehidupan orang desa di Pulau Jawa. Misalnya dalam novelsaya Ronggeng Dukuh Paruk saya menu-lis tentang seorang perempuan muda yang menjadi penari yang terkenal di de-sanya.

Di samping novel itu apakah ada buku Bapak yang lain yang terkenal?

Ada. Saya kira novel saya Lintang Kemu-kus Dinihari cukup terkenal.

O ya. Saya juga pernah membaca no-vel itu, Pak. Menarik sekali.

Terima kasih.

Di mana Bapak bekerja sekarang? Dulu saya pernah menjadi wartawan un-tuk majalah Amanah di Jakarta, tetapi se-karang saya mengurus sekolah Islam di desa saya.

Tahun berapa Bapak mulai bekerja di majalah Amanah?

Tahun 1986. Sebelum itu saya menjadi wartawan di surat kabar Merdeka, juga di Jakarta.

Apakah Bapak masih menulis novel? Tentu saja, masih. Saya lebih suka menu-lis novel daripada menulis berita.

Hmmm, menarik sekali. Apakah Ba-pak sudah kawin?

Sudah. Nama istri saya Syamsiyah. Dulu dia seorang guru sekolah dasar.

Sekarang Bapak tinggal di mana? Saya masih tinggal di desa Tinggarjaya ti-dak jauh dari kota Purwokerto di Jawa Te-ngah. Saya lebih senang tinggal di desa daripada di kota besar tetapi kantor saya di Jakarta.

Pak Ahmad, saya kira sudah cukup. Terima kasih, Pak.

Terima kasih kembali.

After having listened to the sound file and reading the transcription, do Latihan 4 and 5 tocheck your understanding of this interview.

Now try to reproduce this interview. You don’t need to learn the interview by heart or repro-duce it exactly. But it would be helpful to lift words and phrases from it where you can remember

Lesson 72

them. Basically, though, you should reproduce in your own words the main motifs of the inter-view.

These include:• place and date of birth • education (primary school, secondary school and university) • details of career • details about family and current activities

To flesh out your interview and make it more authentic go to the internet to find more informa-tion about Ahmad Tohari, both in English, and in Indonesian-language web sites. Repeat the inter-view several times, striving for more authentic detail, better correctness and greater smoothnesseach time you repeat it.

Role Play: Interviewing President Obama

Imagine that you are taking part in a television interview between an Indonesian-speaking re-porter (wartawan) and President Obama of the United Sates (Presiden Obama dari AmerikaSerikat). As a boy President Obama spent four years living in Indonesia. He attended SekolahDasar Menteng 01 and today still speaks some Indonesian.

Focus especially (but not exclusively) on questions about the president’s youth, education andcareer prior to becoming president. Prepare very carefully by researching the president’s lifestory. Ransack the model interview earlier in this lesson and review other material in this lessonand in previous ones. Prepare a script or cue cards if necessary, although you should alwaysstrive not to rely on them. Extract as much life (especially humour) as you can from the role play.Dress up, or at the very least, adopt some of the mannerisms of the president and of glitzy TV in-terviewers. Address “President Obama” respectfully as Bapak Presiden.

Don’t be afraid to ask the president “hard questions” provided you frame them in simple butgood Indonesian, and provided “the president” can answer them coherently in simple but goodIndonesian. Above all take scrupulous care to ensure that your Indonesian is authentic and cor-rect.

Your interview might begin something like this:Selamat datang Bapak Presiden. Apa kabar?Presiden Obama: Baik-baik saja. Saya senang sekali dapat bertemu dengan Anda. Terima kasih. Bapak Presiden lahir pada tahun berapa?

When you feel you have mastered the role play well, consider interviewing other “celebrities”who (for the purposes of the role play) have miraculously acquired fluency in Indonesian thatmatches yours. Your celebrity could be:

• seorang perdana menteri atau seorang presiden • seorang bintang film atau seorang bintang drama televisi • seorang bintang musik rock yang sering menyanyi di televisi / radio • seorang bintang olahraga • seorang bangsawan

Perhaps a member of your class could be interviewed as a “celebrity” on a more modest scale.

Lesson 72

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

berita ever majalah youngberkunjung then membangun to ask for helpdaerah uncle mengurus poordulu other minta tolong famouskemudian news miskin magazine, journallain region muda civil engineeringpaman to visit teknik sipil to buildpernah a long time ago, in

the pastterkenal to take care of, or-

ganise

Latihan 2—Menyimak

Jodohkan Rekaman 072-02 dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. a. Have you ever been overseas?2. b. Have you ever studied with him?3. c. Have you ever asked your professor for assistance?4. d. I have never drunk beer.5. e. I have been to his house but a long time ago.6. f. She has learnt how to type.7. g. She has never eaten spicy food.8. h. She has never visited her younger sister.

Latihan 3—Jawaban Singkat: Kalimat Tanya

Make an interrogative sentence of the type “Have you ever...” based on the statement provided.

Statement Question

1. Ibu berjalan-jalan ke Tokyo. Apakah Ibu pernah berjalan-jalan ke Tokyo?

2. Toni bekerja pada malam hari.

3. Bapak Haryanto belajar memperbaiki mobil.

4. Kartika berbelanja di pasar dekat rumahnya.

Lesson 72

5. Ibu Tuti mengajar di sekolah menengah pertama.

6. Ria menulis untuk surat kabar.

Latihan 4—Pemahaman

Jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan “Wawancara”.

1. In what year was Mr. Tohari born? Answer the question by writing down the year in In-donesian.....................................................................................................................................

2. Where did he attend primary school?A. PurwokertoB. JakartaC. YogyakartaD. Tinggarjaya

3. Mr. Tohari used to study at the School of Economics of Universitas Ibnu Khaldun.A. TrueB. False

4. Mr. Tohari enrolled in the College of Medicine when he studied in the US.A. TrueB. False

5. When did he start writing? Answer the question by writing down the year in Indonesian.....................................................................................................................................

6. What is Mr. Tohari's current position?A. He is a correspondent for a newspaper in Jakarta.B. He is a journalist for Amanah magazine.C. He is taking care of his Islamic school in Tinggarjaya village.D. He is working as a public relations agent for an Islamic school.

7. Mr. Tohari prefers to be a news writer rather than a novelist.A. TrueB. False

8. Where does Mr. Tohari live now?A. PurwokertoB. IowaC. TinggarjayaD. Jakarta

9. His wife was a primary school teacher.A. TrueB. False

Lesson 72

Latihan 5—Isian

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: berhasil—betul—cukup—daerah—daripada—desa—hasil—istri—kapan—kemudian—kuliah—lulus—masih—menarik—menjadi—menulis—mulai—pendidikan—pernah—selama—tahun berapa—tentang—terima kasih kembali—tinggal

Pak Ahmad lahirnya __________?

Saya lahir tanggal 13 Juni 1948.

Di mana Bapak lahir?

Saya lahir di desa Tinggarjaya di __________ Banyumas di provinsi Jawa Tengah.

Hmmm. Lalu... bagaimana __________ Bapak? Di mana Bapak bela-jar?

Saya masuk sekolah dasar di desa Tinggarjaya. __________ saya bel-ajar di SMP dan SMA di kota Purwokerto.

Apakah Bapak pernah __________ di perguruan tinggi?

Pernah. Saya masuk Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Jenderal Sudir-man di Purwokerto.

Bagaimana __________ studi Bapak? Baik?

O tidak! Saya tidak __________!

O begitu. Lalu... katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di Jakarta. Apa-kah itu __________?

Memang. Saya __________ belajar di Fakultas Kedokteran Universi-tas Ibnu Khaldun di Jakarta tetapi di sana juga saya tidak _________.

Katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di Amerika Serikat.

Betul. Pada tahun 1990 saya belajar __________ satu tahun di Univer-sitas Iowa di Amerika Serikat.

__________ Bapak mulai menulis?

Saya mulai menulis pada tahun 1978. Sampai sekarang saya sudah __________ tujuh novel.

Banyak sekali! Katanya novel-novel Bapak __________ terkenal.

Lesson 72

Ya, katanya. Tetapi sampai sekarang saya masih miskin.

Ha ha ha! Bapak menulis novel __________ apa?

Saya menulis tentang kehidupan orang desa di Pulau Jawa. Misalnyadalam novel saya Ronggeng Dukuh Paruk saya menulis tentang seo-rang perempuan muda yang __________ penari yang terkenal di de-sanya.

Di samping novel itu apakah ada buku Bapak yang lain yang terke-nal?

Ada. Saya kira novel saya Lintang Kemukus Dinihari cukup terkenal.

O ya. Saya juga pernah membaca novel itu, Pak. __________ sekali.

Terima kasih.

Di mana Bapak bekerja sekarang?

Dulu saya pernah menjadi wartawan untuk majalah Amanah di Jakar-ta, tetapi sekarang saya mengurus sekolah Islam di desa saya.

Tahun berapa Bapak __________ bekerja di majalah Amanah?

Tahun 1986. Sebelum itu saya menjadi wartawan di surat kabar Mer-deka, juga di Jakarta.

Apakah Bapak __________ menulis novel?

Tentu saja, masih. Saya lebih suka menulis novel __________ menulisberita.

Hmmm, menarik sekali. Apakah Bapak sudah kawin?

Sudah. Nama __________ saya Syamsiyah. Dulu dia seorang guru se-kolah dasar.

Sekarang Bapak __________ di mana?

Saya masih tinggal di desa Tinggarjaya tidak jauh dari kota Purwo-kerto di Jawa Tengah. Saya lebih senang tinggal di __________ dari-pada di kota besar tetapi kantor saya di Jakarta.

Pak Ahmad, saya kira sudah cukup. Terima kasih, Pak. ___________.

__________.

Lesson 72

Latihan 6—Rangkai Kata

Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar sesuai dengan arti:

1. “He has never read any novels in Indonesian.”Dia—novel—berbahasa—pernah—membaca—belum —Indonesia.

2. “He has written a news report about the environment.”Dia—menulis—pernah—tentang—berita—sudah—lingkungan.

3. “Have you ever built a house in a village?”Apakah—kamu—di—rumah—pernah—membangun—desa?

4. “So far I have never been to Japan.”Sampai—sekarang—pernah—belum—saya—pergi—ke—Jepang.

5. “I think she has never learnt to swim.”Saya—pernah—kira—belajar—dia—belum—berenang.

Latihan 7—Pilihan Ganda: Kosa Kata

Pilihlah jawaban yang benar.

1. Ahmad Tohari menulis sebuah novel tentang _______ terkenal.A. bintangB. penariC. bukuD. bahasa

2. Semua orang tahu Nicole Kidman, ______ film Hollywood yang sangat cantik.A. sekarangB. penariC. bintangD. pernah

3. ______ ______ saya tidak tahu siapa yang menulis novel itu.A. Belum pernahB. Sudah pernahC. Sampai sekarangD. Sampai jumpa

4. Apa kamu ______ ______ berkunjung ke Dunia Fantasi di Jakarta?A. sampai sekarangB. sampai pernahC. sekarang pernahD. sudah pernah

5. Saya ______ ______ berenang di laut. Saya ingin mencobanya.A. sudah pernahB. belum pernahC. sampai sekarangD. belum sekarang

Lesson 72

Latihan 8—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)

Mendatar:2. a novel3. to use7. to visit8. to study9. to teach13. a newspaper14. to build15. a star16. have been; once;

already; ever17. a dancer18. to readMenurun:1. famous4. to type5. to work6. in the past, a long time

ago8. not yet10. to write11. a reporter12. a magazine, journal

Lesson 73

Keterampilan Kerja

Aims

• To review and practise using the names of occupations and professions • To practise talking about capabilities and work skills using adverbs and auxiliary verbs.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

berapa kali how many times menyanyi to sing a songbidang field of study pemain playercepat fast, quick pembantu assistant, maidcuaca weather penari dancergaji salary peneliti researcher hati-hati to be careful pengusaha businessman/womankeras hard rajin diligentketerampilan skill sudah pernah have everperabot furniture tahun berapa in what yearmengurus to take care of tamu guest

The Prefixes pe- and peN-

A word that consists of the prefix pe- or peN- attached to a base-word can mean “a personwho does the action expressed in the base word”. For instance a person who reads (membaca) isa reader (pembaca), a person who smokes (merokok) is a smoker (perokok), and a person whoworks in the fields (bertani) is a farmer (petani). Many of these derived words describe occupa-tions or categories of workers. Here are some more examples.

As we have seen above, pe- nouns are based on ber- verbs whereas peN- nouns are based onmeN- verbs. The latter assimilates the prefix to the base-word in the same way that the me- prefixassimilates to a base-word, namely by a nasal which is either m, n, ng, ny, or Ø. The symbol Ø in-dicates that there is no nasal because the root word begins with l, m, n, r, w, ny, ng, and y.

73

Lesson 73

1. pe- nouns

Base + ber- Meaning + pe- Meaning

ajar belajar to learn pelajar a learner

dagang berdagang to trade, deal pedagang a trader, a dealer

main bermain to play pemain a player

tani bertani to farm petani a farmer

tugas bertugas to carry out a task petugas clerk, officer

2. peN- nouns

Base + meN- Meaning + peN- Meaning

ajar mengajar to teach pengajar a teacher

bantu membantu to assist pembantu assistent

beli membeli to buy pembeli buyer

jual menjual to sell penjual vendor, salesperson

kelola mengelola to manage pengelola manager

latih melatih to practice pelatih a sports coach

layan melayani to serve pelayan a waiter/waitress

nyanyi menyanyi to sing penyanyi a singer

pimpin memimpin to lead pemimpin a leader

tari menari to dance penari a dancer

teliti meneliti to research peneliti a researcher

tulis menulis to write penulis writer

usaha mengusahakan to endeavor pengusaha an entrepreneur

Now check your understanding of these prefixes by doing Latihan 3.

Lesson 73

The Diverse World of Work

Many workers have already passed through the pages of this course. Here is a list of their oc-cupations. Check that you remember what each of these terms means.

ahli filsafat akuntan bupatidetektif dokter dokter gigidosen guru ibu kosibu rumah tangga insinyur karyawan tokokepala desa kepala sekolah mahasiswamontir pegawai kantor pelayanpemain olahraga pembantu pengusahaperwira petani polisisekretaris seniman sopirtentara tukang kayu wartawan

It is possible to conjure up terms for certain occupations that haven’t yet appeared in The In-donesian Way. You can do this by combining two or more of the words you already know. Thusahli (an expert) combines with keuangan (finance) to produce ahli keuangan (an expert on financialmatters, a financial adviser). Here are more examples of this. (You may be able to add more occu-pations to this list.)

AHLI ahli bahasaahli cuacaahli hukumahli ilmu ekonomiahli ilmu kimiaahli ilmu politikahli keuanganahli komputerahli matematikaahli pertanianahli sastraahli sejarahahli teknik mesinDOSEN dosen matematikadosen sosiologidosen ilmu ekonomidosen bahasa InggrisGURU guru bahasa Indonesia / Prancis, etc.guru ilmu pengetahuanguru sekolah dasar

PEMAIN pemain bola volipemain bulu tangkis / badmintonpemain filmpemain sepak bolapemain tenispemain musikPENGUSAHA pengusaha restoran / rumah makanpengusaha toko rotipengusaha mobilpengusaha komputerpengusaha barang elektronikTUKANG tukang becaktukang kayutukang kebuntukang listriktukang masakSOPIR sopir bemosopir bussopir mobil

Lesson 73

guru sekolah menengahPEGAWAI pegawai kantor imigrasipegawai kantor sensuspegawai negeripegawai pemerintahpegawai perpustakaanSEKRETARIS sekretaris gedung apartemensekretaris kantorsekretaris perusahaan pakaiansekretaris organisasi guru sekolah

sopir taksisopir truksopir angkotKARYAWAN karyawan bankkaryawan biro pariwisatakaryawan hotelkaryawan laboratoriumkaryawan museumkaryawan pabrikkaryawan pasar swalayankaryawan toko buku

You can talk in more general terms about the work that you – or someone else – can do, orwould like to do. For example you can talk about where.

Jepang / Prancis etc.kantor pemerintahsekolah menengahstasiun televisitaman nasionalwarung kopiperusahaan komputertoko pakaianlaboratorium

Mereka pabrik mobilSaya ingin bekerja di usaha taniBapak Sunarto bekerja di rumah sakitIbu Smith universitas

surat kabarmajalah beritakebun buahkebun kopisawahhutanluar negeri

Lesson 73

You can also talk about the particular field (bidang) you work in, or would like to work in.

hukumolahragapembangunanilmu pengetahuan

Mereka komputerSaya ingin bekerja di bidang kedokteranBapak Sunarto bekerja di bidang pendidikanIbu Smith teknik

pertanianbisnispariwisata

You can even talk about some of the vocational skills you possess, or would like to possess.

memperbaiki mesin mobilSaya dapat menulis untuk surat kabarSaya sudah cukup pandai menjual HP dan komputerSaya ingin menjadi orang yang pandai bermain sepak bolaSaya ingin belajar menyanyikan lagu pop

membuat perabot

Talking About Work Skills with Auxiliary Verbs and Adverbs

You have already met and used auxiliary verbs that can help you talk about general capabilitiesand work skills. Among these are bisa and dapat. You can also “fine tune” information about skillsby using adverbial phrases.

In English, if you are discussing people’s capabilities you might use adverbs like “quickly”,“carefully”, “conscientiously” and so on. You will notice that these three words are derived fromthe adjectives “quick”, “careful” and “conscientious” with an “-ly” ending added.

You can do a roughly similar thing with certain adjectives in Indonesian. The word dengan be-fore these adjectives turns them into adverbs, more or less as “-ly” turns an adjective into an ad-verb in English.

Adjective Adverb Adjective Adverbcepatquick

dengan cepatquickly

hati-haticareful

dengan hati-haticarefully

rajinconscientious

dengan rajinconscientiously

baikgood

dengan baikwell

Usually adverbs with dengan appear after a verb, towards the end of a sentence. Here aresome examples of sentences using auxiliary verbs and adverbs.

Lesson 73

Saya bisa mengetik dengan cepat.I can type quickly.Dia bermain dengan hati-hati.He is playing cautiously.Bapak Hadi dapat mengajar dengan baik.Mr Hadi can teach competently.Bapak Wibowo tidak bisa mengurus kantor dengan baik.Mr Wibowo can’t run an office efficiently.

To this small armoury of resources you can add the following helper words

sudah pandai (to have learned to do something well, to be good at)sudah biasa (to be used to doing something)sudah berani (to have the confidence now to do a certain thing)

Each of these has negative transformations. belum pandai (to have not yet mastered a certain skill)tidak pandai (to be no good at doing a certain thing)

belum biasa (to still feel uncomfortable about doing a certain thing)tidak biasa (to not normally do a certain thing, to not be in the habit of…)

belum berani (to still lack the confidence to do a certain thing)

tidak berani (to decline/refuse to do something because you feel you don’t have the skills or you don’t have what it takes)

Study how these terms can be used in these model sentences.Saya sudah biasa bekerja pada hari Minggu.I’m used to working on SundaysMereka belum pandai memakai komputer.They’re no good at using computers yet.Saya belum berani mengajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah.I don’t feel ready yet to teach at the secondary school level.Dulu Pak Imran belum pandai memakai traktor tetapi sekarang dia sudah pandai.Mr Imran used to lack the skills to drive a tractor, but now he is good at it.Dulu saya tidak biasa bekerja di restoran, tetapi sekarang saya sudah biasa.In the old days I wasn’t used to working in restaurants, but now I’m quite used to it. Apakah Anda berani bekerja jauh di gunung?Have you got what it takes to work way up in the mountains?

Let’s sum up the resources you now have to talk about capabilities and accomplishments.

dapatbisapandaibiasaberani

belum dapatbelum bisabelum pandaibelum biasabelum berani

tidak dapattidak bisatidak pandaitidak biasatidak berani

dengan baik dengan rajin dengan cepat dengan hati-hati

Lesson 73

Awas!!

There is a very common idiomatic exception to the dengan + adjective patterngiven above, and that relates to use of the adjective keras. Basically keras means“hard” in the sense “not soft”. But like the word “hard” in English, keras can be usedas an adverb with the meaning “energetically” or “vigorously”. When keras is used inthis way it is not usually preceded by dengan. So there are the following idiomaticexpressions which you should learn by heart.

bekerja keras belajar keras berusaha kerasto work hard to study hard to try hard

Mau menjadi pengusaha kaya? Anda harus bekerja keras!Do you want to be a rich businessman? You’ve got to work hard!Dia lulus ujiannya bukan karena pandai tetapi karena dia belajar keras.She passed her exam not because she’s smart, but because she studied hard.Karena dia berusaha keras akhirnya dia berhasil.Because she tried hard, eventually she was successful.

Exercise 73-01

As far back as Module 1 you practised responding to questions with an “echo answer”, that issaying “yes” or “no” to a question by echoing a key word in it. In this exercise, translate each sen-tence into good English, including the echo answer. Make sure your translations of the echo an-swers are in appropriate and idiomatic English. Here are two examples to get you going.

Apakah Bapak sudah berani mengurus toko yang besar dan ramai? — Sudah.Do you have the confidence to run a big and busy shop? — Yes, I do.Apakah Ibu sudah biasa bekerja dengan orang asing? — Wah, maaf, belum.Are you used to working with foreigners? — Oh, sorry, no I’m not.

1. Apakah Bapak dapat membuat meja, kursi dan lemari dari kayu jati? — Dapat. 2. Apakah Bapak sudah pandai memelihara ayam? — Sudah. 3. Apakah Bapak bisa masuk sebelum jam enam pagi? — Wah, maaf, tidak bisa. 4. Apakah Anda sudah biasa bekerja pada malam hari? — Sudah. Biasa sekali. 5. Apakah Ibu mau menjual rokok dan minuman keras? — Mau. 6. Apakah Anda sudah berani memperbaiki komputer Macintosh? — Wah... belum berani. 7. Apakah Ibu sudah pandai berbahasa Inggris? — Sudah... sudah cukup pandai. 8. Apakah Anda suka bekerja keras? — Suka, tentu saja suka. 9. Apakah Ibu sudah biasa mengajar anak-anak tingkat SMA? — Belum.

10. Gaji saya kecil, Pak. Bisa lebih besar? — Maaf, tidak bisa.

Quizzing Someone About Their Work Experience and Skills

With a fellow student, or your teacher/tutor, exchange details about work skills and experience.Before you begin, carefully review the material in this lesson— the names of occupations, thesubstitution tables that help you talk about vocational skills, the auxiliary words and adverbs youcan use, and the “echo answers” you can use in responses to questions. Many – perhaps most –

Lesson 73

of your sentences will have the verb bekerja in them but there are many other verbs you can useto talk in more specific terms about work skills and experience. Here are some of them. (Somevocabulary items are new. Check the vocabulary list if you don’t know their meanings.)berbahasa ____, berbicara, berdagang, berkebun, bermain, melakukan, memakai, membangun, membantu, membuat, memelihara, memperbaiki, mempunyai, menanam, mendidik, mengajar, mengatur, mengetik, mengurus, menjadi, menjual, menulis, menyanyi, menyanyikan

� To ask about work skills choose from among questions like these

sudah dapat melakukan pekerjaan apa?Anda sudah pandai apa?

sudah bisa bekerja di bidang apa?

Anda mempunyai ketrampilan apa?

dapat _____sudah pandai _____

Apakah Anda (juga) pandai _____sudah biasa _____berani _____

� To ask about work experience choose from among questions like these

Bagaimana pengalaman kerja Anda?

menjadi apa?Anda pernah bekerja di bidang apa?

sudah pernah bekerja di bidang mana?bekerja sebagai apa?

bekerja di ___bekerja di bidang ___

Apakah Anda pernah menjadi ___sudah pernah bekerja sebagai ___

mencari pekerjaan sebagai ___

Lesson 73

Tahun berapa Andamenjadibekerja di

DuluPada waktu itu Anda bekerja di mana?Waktu Anda tinggal di ___

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

berapa kali fast, quick menyanyi assistant, maidbidang field of study pemain businessman/womancepat furniture pembantu dancercuaca hard penari diligentgaji how many times peneliti guesthati-hati salary pengusaha have everkeras skill rajin in what yearketerampilan to be careful sudah pernah playerperabot to take care of tahun berapa researcher mengurus weather tamu to sing a song

Latihan 2—Bermacam-macam Pekerjaan

Jodohkan pekerjaan di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. montir a. farmer2. kepala desa b. teacher3. guru c. university student4. petani d. mechanic5. dokter gigi e. waiter/waitress6. mahasiswa f. engineer7. pelayan g. journalist8. wartawan h. village head9. insinyur i. dentist

Lesson 73

Latihan 3—Tata Bahasa

Change the following base words into words with prefix pe- or peN-. Pay attention to the ber- and meN- verbs provided for your consideration.

1. dagang → orang yang berdagang ...........................................................

2. kerja → orang yang bekerja ...........................................................

3. latih → orang yang melatih ...........................................................

4. pimpin → orang yang memimpin ...........................................................

5. ajar → orang yang mengajar ...........................................................

6. ajar → orang yang belajar ...........................................................

7. kelola → orang yang mengelola ...........................................................

8. jual → orang yang menjual ...........................................................

9. tulis → orang yang menulis ...........................................................

10. nyanyi → orang yang menyanyi ...........................................................

11. tugas → orang yang bertugas ...........................................................

12. renang → orang yang berenang ...........................................................

Latihan 4—Kata Majemuk

Match the words in the two columns in such a way that they result in a new compound (katamajemuk).

1. ahli a. dasar

2. bahasa b. hukum

3. sekolah c. Jepang

4. taman d. negeri

5. pegawai e. nasional

6. rumah f. kabar

7. surat g. sakit

8. tukang h. truk

9. sopir i. becak

Lesson 73

Latihan 5—Isian

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: belum pandai—berani mengajar—dapat melayani—dapat membuat—dengan cepat—dengan hati-hati—sudah biasa

1. Dia bermain __________.

2. Saya __________ bekerja pada hari Minggu.

3. Mereka __________ memakai komputer.

4. Apa Anda sudah __________ di universitas?

5. Para pelayan itu sudah __________ tamu dengan baik.

6. Apakah Bapak __________ meja, kursi dan lemari dari kayu jati?

7. Kartika bisa mengetik __________.

Latihan 6—Rangkai Kata

Urutkanlah kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar sesuai dengan arti:

1. “I’m used to working on Sundays.”Saya—bekerja—biasa—pada—sudah—hari—Minggu.

2. “I am not confident yet to teach at the secondary school level.”Saya—pada—mengajar—tingka—sekolah—berani—belum—menengah.

3. “Because she tried hard, eventually she was successful.”Karena—keras,—dia—akhirnya—berusaha—dia—berhasil.

4. “Have you ever been working as a soldier or a police officer?”Apakah—menjadi—pernah—tentara—atau—Anda—polisi?

Lesson 73

Latihan 7—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)

Mendatar:3. leader6. experience7. singer9. coach, trainer10. writer, author11. worker12. cigarette13. dealer, merchant

Menurun:1. be used to2. not yet4. to be a speaker of5. seller, vendor6. teacher8. manager9. functionary, officer,

staffer

Lesson 74

Pengalaman Kerja

Aims

• To practice using kali (for counting the occurrences of an event) and se- the abbreviated form of satu.

• To rehearse a job interview, talking especially about work experience.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

ama with kali times

bikin to make mencari to look for, search

cakep good looking mengajar to teach

cuma only menyanyi to sing

duit money milik owned by

kasi give pengalaman experience

kok though perusahaan a company

lu you surat letter

HP cell phone tempat kerja workplace

udah already tugas duty

lumayan not bad, pretty good gelar title

How Many Times?

To talk about the number of times an event is repeated you use kali (times). You refer to one-offevents, i.e. single occurrences of an event, with sekali or satu kali (once).

Sri bermain kartu tiga kali seminggu. Saya hanya bermain satu kali sebulan.Sri plays cards three times a week. I only play once a month.

Biasanya Pak Mahmud berkunjung ke Australia dua kali setahun.Mr Mahmud usually visits Australia twice a year.

74

Lesson 74

Dia bersembahyang lima kali sehari. She does does her prayers five times a day.

To ask “how many times?” or “how often?” the interrogative phrase is berapa kali.Berapa kali setahun Pak Mahmud berkunjung ke Australia?How many times a year does Mr Mahmud visit Australia?

Eh, Sri… kamu main kartu berapa kali seminggu?Hey Sri, how many times a week do you play cards?

Sudah berapa kali Anda mengirim surat kepada PT Sumbawa Indah?How many times have you sent a letter to Sumbawa Indah Ltd.?

Denny, udah berapa kali kamu ganti pacar, hah!? Denny, how often have you switched girlfriends, eh!?

Se- in terms like sekali is a short form of satu. (Actually, to be pedantic, se- is probably derivedfrom the archaic word esa which meant “one”.) Se- can be used in many other contexts where itmeans “per (one ____)” or “a” or “each”.

Gaji saya enam puluh ribu rupiah sehari.My wages are sixty thousand rupiah per day

Dia bekerja lima hari seminggu.She works five days a week.

Harganya tiga ribu rupiah sekilo.It costs three thousand rupiah per kilo.

Mohon Perhatian!!

We have already seen that “one hundred” is seratus, never *satu ratus. Similarly“ten” is sepuluh, never *satu puluh, and “one thousand” is seribu, never (or veryrarely) *satu ribu.

But for “one million” it is just as common to hear satu juta as it is to hear sejuta. Similarly, when you are counting people satu orang seems to be just as common

as seorang, and when you want to say “once”, satu kali is just as common as sekali.Untuk berapa orang? Untuk satu orang saja / Untuk seorang saja.For how many people? For just one.Berapa juta rupiah? Kira-kira sejuta. / Kira-kira satu juta.How many million rupiah? Around one million.Berapa kali setahun? Hanya satu kali. / Hanya sekali. How many times a year? Just once.

Exercise 74-01

Answer each of these questions with a complete sentence in Indonesian. The first five ques-tions are in formal standard Indonesian, the second five are in informal or slangy Indonesian asspoken in many parts of Java. Your answers should echo the formality or informality of the ques-

Lesson 74

tions. Check these model questions and answers before doing the exercise. (And check this les-son’s vocabulary list for any new informal words you don’t know.)Pertanyaan: Berapa kali setahun Anda pulang ke rumah orang tua?

How many times a year do you go back to your parent’s place?Jawaban: Biasanya saya pulang dua kali setahun.

Usually I go home twice a year.

Pertanyaan: Asih, katanya kamu sering nyanyi di televisi. Udah berapa kali sih? Asih, I hear you’ve been singing a lot on television. How many times?

Jawaban: Ah, nggak sering kok. Cuma dua kali aja.Oh, not a lot at all. Just twice.

1. Berapa kali seminggu Anda pergi ke kampus? 2. Berapa gaji Anda sejam? 3. Berapa kali sebulan Anda membantu Ibu Nur? 4. Berapa harga ikan ini sekilo? 5. Berapa kali setahun ada ujian? 6. Wah… nasi gorengmu nggak enak. Sama sekali nggak enak! Udah berapa kali sih

kamu bikin nasi goreng? 7. Pacarmu cakep. Udah berapa kali kamu nonton ama dia? 8. Udah berapa kali kamu ketemu ama cewek dari Amerika itu? 9. Kamu ngomong Inggris udah lumayan banget. Udah berapa kali kamu jalan-jalan ke

Australi? 10. Berapa kali sebulan kamu kasi duit sama adikmu?

Describing Work Experience

When you are interviewed for a job, as well as giving personal details and describing your edu-cational record, you will probably be asked to talk about your previous work experience. You cantalk about the previous occupation(s) you held, where you worked, what kinds of things you did,when and how long you worked at the place concerned, how much you were paid and why youleft.

Here is an example of what a job applicant might say when asked to talk about his/her previ-ous employment.

aya pernah menjadi karyawan pabrik. Saya bekerja di pabrik alat-alat elektronik diTangerang. Pabrik itu milik perusahaan PT Tenaga Kilat. Di pabrik itu saya bekerja

memasang komponen HP. Pada waktu itu saya bekerja lima hari seminggu. Di samping itukadang-kadang saya bekerja juga pada hari Sabtu. Saya bekerja di pabrik itu selama dua ta-hun, mulai bulan Maret tahun 2007 sampai bulan Juli tahun 2009. Gaji saya pada waktuitu dua juta seratus lima puluh ribu rupiah sebulan. Saya keluar dari pabrik itu karena kelu-arga saya pindah ke Yogyakarta.

S

Now do Latihan 5–6 to check your understanding of this passage. After that, write your own work experience by doing the following exercise.

Now read the passage below filling in the gaps. It is almost the same as the passage you juststudied above, but you should fill in the blanks with different occupations, places, duties (tugas)

Lesson 74

and so on, as indicated by the words in brackets. In fact, read the passage through several times,each time inserting different information in the blanks as you read.

Saya pernah menjadi __[pekerjaan]__. Saya bekerja di __[tempat kerja]__ di ____[kota

/ propinsi / negara]__. Di __[tempat kerja]__ itu saya __[tugas yang Anda lakukan]__.

Pada waktu itu saya bekerja __[angka]__ hari seminggu. Di samping itu kadang-

kadang saya bekerja juga pada __[nama hari]__. Saya bekerja di sana selama

__[angka]__ tahun, mulai __[bulan dan tahun]__ sampai __[bulan dan tahun]__. Gaji

saya pada waktu itu __[jumlah uang]__ sebulan. Saya keluar dari pekerjaan itu

karena __[mengapa?]__.When you think you can recite this small narrative reasonably smoothly, turn away from the

above text with all its written prompts and give a spoken description of your previous work exper-ience from memory.

Exercise 74-02

Imagine that you are an interviewer. What questions might you put to an applicant abouthis/her previous work experience? Complete each of the questions below (the first words in thequestion are provided). Refer to the descriptions of work experience above and in previous les-sons for vocabulary and phrases that will help you complete the questions.

1. Apakah Anda pernah…2. Dulu pekerjaan Anda…3. Di mana…4. Berapa hari…5. Apakah Anda bekerja pada hari…6. Berapa lama Anda…7. Berapa gaji Anda…8. Tahun berapa Anda keluar…9. Mengapa…

10. Apakah Anda suka…

Rehearsing Job Interview

One of the keys to success in landing a job is thorough preparation for a job interview. In theadvertisement below, an Indonesian company seeks to fill a variety of vacancies.

Lesson 74

P.T. Sumbawa IndahPerusahaan kami mencari

1. SopirLaki-laki berumur 18-40 tahunBersedia bekerja pada malam hariTidak pernah minum minuman keras

2. Sekretaris/ resepsionisperempuan berumur 18-35 tahunSudah lulus akademi sekretarisbersedia bekerja di kantor kami di pusat kota BimaPandai mengetik dan berbahasa Inggris

3. Tukang kebunLaki-laki atau perempuanBerumur 18-30 tahunSudah lulus SMP

4. Karyawan pabrik alat-alat elektronikPerempuan belum kawinBerumur 16-25 tahunBersedia bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu

5. Guru Sekolah DasarLaki-laki atau perempuanPunya gelar dari Fakultas PendidikanBerpengalaman mengajar paling kurang selama tiga tahunBersedia mengajar di sekolah pabrik

6. Ahli komputerLaki-laki atau perempuanBerumur di bawah 25 tahunPunya gelar di bidang teknologi komputerBersedia bekerja siang dan malam 7 hari seminggu

Surat lamaran dan riwayat hidup mohon dikirim kepadaBapak Umar Hasan PT Sumbawa Indah

Jl. Jendral Sudirman 53Bima

PT Sumbawa Indah“Bekerja Keras Untuk Keluarga Besar Sumbawa”

Choose one of the jobs in the advertisement. Prepare a dossier or profile on yourself that willhelp you to impress the executives of Sumbawa Indah, and that you can refer to in a job interview.

Your dossier should contain: personal details: name, address, place and date of birth, marital status, number of children

(if any), hobbies and sports interests etc. your education: where, in what years, what subjects did you study, what subjects did you

enjoy or were good at etc.

Lesson 74

previous work experience: where, in what years, what kind of work did you do, why did you leave your previous job;

why do you want to work at PT Sumbawa Indah, e.g. • you want to work in Sumbawa/Bima (why?) • you like the kind of work PT Sumbawa Indah has to offer (why?) • family reasons (why?)

Ransack this lesson and previous lessons for vocabulary, phrases and ideas. Then rehearseyour job interview with a fellow student or with your teacher/tutor. Your partner can begin by ask-ing questions like those in Exercise 74-02 above.

Repeat the rehearsal several times, each time improving your correctness, smoothing out flu-ency, adding details (especially details from your personal experience) and finding ways todemonstrate that you are the right person for the job.

When you feel you have mastered the interview well, move on to another job from the Sum-bawa Indah advertisement.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kosa kata informal di sebelah kiri dengan ragam formalnya di sebelah kanan.

ama hanya duit memberi

bikin sudah kasi cukup

cakep membuat kok uang

cuma cantik lu kenapa

udah bersama lumayan kamu

Latihan 2—Menyimak

Jodohkan Rekaman 074-01 dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

1. a. How many times have you fixed the car?2. b. He goes to the night club three times a week. 3. c. How many times in a year do you go to Manado?4. d. I usually go back to Bandung twice a month.5. e. How many times in a month do you eat in a restaurant?6. f. How many times have you sung on television?7. g. How much are these three tables?8. h. Who always swims in the river five times a week?

Lesson 74

Latihan 3—Pertanyaan dan Jawaban

Jodohkan Rekaman 074-02 dengan jawabannya di sebelah kanan.

1. a. Lima kali sebulan. Saya membantu Ibu Nur mencuci dan mema-sak.

2. b. Harganya Rp.30.000,00 sekilo.3. c. Biasanya setahun empat kali.4. d. Saya jalan-jalan ke Australia lima kali dalam setahun.5. e. Tiga kali. Saya ada kuliah hari Senin, Rabu, dan Jumat.6. f. Dua kali. Kami menonton Eclipse dan Inception.7. g. Ini pertama kali saya memasak nasi goreng.8. h. Biasanya saya dibayar Rp.50.000,00 sejam.

Latihan 4—Pemahaman

Bacalah teks “Pengalaman Kerja.” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan.

1. Apakah sekarang penulis masih bekerja sebagai karyawan pabrik?A. Iya, dia masih bekerja sebagai karyawan pabrik.B. Tidak, dia tidak lagi bekerja sebagai karyawan pabrik.

2. Penulis bekerja di pabrik miliknya sendiri.A. Benar. Dia bekerja di PT Tenaga Kilat.B. Salah. Dia tidak bekerja di perusahaan miliknya sendiri.C. Benar. Dia bekerja di perusahaan miliknya sendiri.D. Salah. Dia tidak bekerja di PT Tenaga Kilat.

3. Dia tidak pernah bekerja pada akhir minggu (weekend).A. Benar. Dia selalu bekerja lima hari seminggu.B. Benar. Dia tidak pernah bekerja pada hari Minggu.C. Salah. Dia kadang-kadang bekerja pada hari Sabtu.D. Salah. Dia tidak pernah bekerja pada akhir minggu.

4. Apakah penulis tahu cara memasang komponen HP?A. Iya. Penulis tahu bagaimana cara memasang komponen HP.B. Tidak. Penulis tidak tahu bagaimana cara memasang komponen HP.

5. Penulis berhenti bekerja karena apa?A. Karena dia sudah tidak mau bekerja di sana.B. Karena dia mendapat pekerjaan lain.C. Karena dia pindah kota.D. Karena dia sudah tua.

Lesson 74

Latihan 5—Pengalaman Kerja

Lengkapilah teks berikut sesuai dengan Rekaman 074-03.

Saya pernah menjadi karyawan pabrik. Saya __________ di pabrik alat-alat elektronik diTangerang. Pabrik itu milik __________ PT Tenaga Kilat. Di pabrik itu saya bekerja me-

masang komponen __________. Pada waktu itu saya bekerja lima hari __________. Di samping itu kadang-kadang saya bekerja juga pada hari Sabtu. Saya bekerja di pabrik

itu __________ dua tahun, mulai bulan Maret tahun 2007 sampai bulan Juli tahun 2009. __________ saya pada waktu itu dua juta seratus lima puluh ribu rupiah sebulan. Saya

keluar dari __________ itu karena keluarga saya pindah ke Yogyakarta.

Latihan 6—The Prefix Se-

Translate the following English words into Indonesian.

1. Mereka punya (one hundred) kambing.

2. Dia tinggal di rumah nomor (ten).

3. Dia masih punya uang (one thousand) rupiah.

4. Kakek memberi saya uang (one million) rupiah.

5. Ada (a person) yang sedang duduk di sana.

6. Kami pulang ke Indonesia (once) setahun.

7. Dia akan tinggal di sana selama (a week).

8. (a kilogram) gula harganya sembilan ribu rupiah.

Latihan 7—Isian

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: angka—bercerita—berpengalaman—bersedia—cewek—diganti—dua kali—jumlah—kartu—ngomong—nyanyi—tukang kebun

1. Banyak orang takut dengan __________

2. Nenek suka __________ tentang hidupnya waktu masih muda.

3. Dono sudah menjadi sopir selama 10 tahun. Dia sopir __________.

4. Apakah Bapak __________ bekerja pada malam hari?

5. Lihat! Di sana ada __________ cantik.

6. Adik berenang __________ seminggu, hari Senin dan hari Kamis.

7. Kursi ini sudah rusak. Harus cepat __________.

Lesson 74

8. __________ uang saya sampai hari ini Rp.8.000.000,-

9. Toni bermain __________ bersama teman-temannya setiap hari.

10. Kamu suka __________ nggak? -- Suka. Aku paling suka nyanyi lagu pop.

11. Kamu nggak boleh __________ begitu. Nggak sopan!

12. Keluarga itu sedang mencari seorang __________.

13. Banyak orang takut dengan __________ 13.

Latihan 8—Rangkai Kata

Urutkanlah kata-kata berikut ini menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti di bawah ini:

1. “I used to work as a secretary.”Saya—bekerja—sebagai—pernah—sekretaris.

2. “At that time I worked five days a week.”Pada—lima—hari—bekerja—saya—waktu—itu—seminggu.

3. “Mr Mahmud usually visits Australia twice a year.”Biasanya—ke—Australia—dua—berkunjung—Pak Mahmud—kali—setahun.

4. “How much is your monthly salary?”Berapa—Anda—gaji—sebulan?

5. “I usually play badminton three times a week.”Saya—biasanya—bulu tangkis—main—kali—tiga—seminggu.

Latihan 9—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)

Mendatar:1. card5. a young woman (colloquial)6. to replace, to change (colloquial)8. once10. to install something11. amount, the number of12. to sing (colloquial)Menurun:2. figures, digits, numbers3. experienced4. be willing to do sth7. to tell a story9. to say, to talk (colloquial)

Lesson 75

Wawancara Melamar Pekerjaan

Aims

• To practice preparing the paperwork for a job application. • To role play a job interview, covering personal details, education, previous work

experience and the etiquette of beginning and ending the interview.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

atas for (preposition) perlu necessary

bersedia be willing to perusahaan a company

bertanya to ask a question riwayat hidup curriculum vitae

gaji salary sebagai as, like

karyawan employee, worker selesai finish

keterangan information surat kabar newspaper

menerima to accept, to receive tertarik interested

o ya oh well terus-terang honestly, frankly

para plural marker (people) tugas duty

Interview Preliminaries: A Letter and an Application Form

Before you are interviewed for a job you must make a formal application. The application pro-cess will probably require you to write a letter of application. It may look something like this.(Check this lesson’s vocabulary cards for the meanings of unfamiliar words.)

Waingapu, 31 Agustus 2010Kepada yang terhormat:Bpk Umar Hasan,Kepala PT Sumbawa Indah,Jl Jenderal Sudirman 53, Bima, NTB

75

Lesson 75

Dengan hormat,

Saya tertarik pada iklan Bapak dalam surat kabar Suara Bangsa tgl 29 Agustus 2010.Saya ingin melamar pekerjaan sebagai sekretaris di perusahaan Bapak. Dengan surat inisaya juga mengirim riwayat hidup saya. Apakah saya dapat bertemu dengan Bapak di kan-tor untuk berbicara lebih jauh tentang pekerjaan itu?

Terima kasih atas perhatian Bapak.

Hormat saya,

Sarah Hendrikus

The letter mentions a riwayat hidup. A typical short riwayat hidup could look like this.

This is a copy of an authenticriwayat hidup form. There areseveral terms in it that you needto know to understand the doc-ument, but probably you don’tneed to remember for activeuse, at least not for the mo-ment. So they don’t appear inthe vocabulary list for this les-son. They are:bangsa nation, nationality; berijasahholding a qualification; bersangkutan(the person) concerned; buat make, made; coret cross out; daftar list; demikianlah thus; memasuki to enter; menerangkan to state, to declare; persiapan preparation; sampai dengan up to and including; sarjana muda Bachelors degree; sebenarnya truly; sesungguhnya truly, honestly; tamatan a graduate (of)

Exercise 75-01

Examine the letter of ap-plication for a job above.Write it out as if you werewriting the letter, and maketen changes in the letter(names, dates, places, thekind of job). Then go to theDaftar Riwayat Hidup andinsert ten items of informa-tion relating to yourself atthe appropriate places inthe document.

Lesson 75

Mohon Perhatian!!

There are many thousands of acronyms and abbreviations in everyday use in modern Indonesian, and the list grows daily. Sometimes abbreviations are followed by periods / full stops (as they usually are in English) but very often – and increasingly – they are not. The two documents above have a few of the most common.

Bpk Bapak Mr (in personal names)

PT Perseroan Terbatas limited liability company

Jln Jalan street (in addresses)

tgl tanggal date/dated

NTB Nusa Tenggara Barat West Nusa Tenggara (a province)

NTT Nusa Tenggara Timur East Nusa Tenggara (a province)

s/d sampai dengan up to and including, through

For a very short introduction to the vast world of acronyms and abbreviations in Indonesiansee George Quinn’s Learner’s Dictionary of Today’s Indonesian p.1089. Many common acronymsand abbreviations are listed as headwords in A Comprehensive Indonesian-English Dictionary byAlan M. Stevens and A. Ed. Schmidgall-Tellings, and in Kamus Indonesia Inggris An Indone-sian-English Dictionary by John M. Echols and Hassan Shadily.

There are several good dictionaries devoted exclusively to acronyms and abbreviations, amongthem Kamus Akronim Inisialisme dan Singkatan by Parsidi, and Kamus Singkatan dan AkronimBaru dan Lama by Ateng Winarno. The official Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia has an extensiveappendix listing common acronyms and abbreviations with their expanded forms.

Dialogue

Pak Agus is applying for a job as a driver at PT Niaga Perkasa, a small trading office.Mrs. Nurida invited him for a job interview. Before you listen to the interview in Sound File075-01, write down, in Indonesian, what you think Mrs. Nurida is most likely to ask him.

Pak Agus Bu NuridaPermisi, Bu. Boleh saya masuk? Silakan, silakan. Bapak mau bertemu

dengan siapa?

Dengan Ibu. Saya ingin berbicara de-ngan Ibu tentang lamaran yang sudah saya kirim kepada Ibu.

O ya. Memang. Saya sudah menerima surat Bapak. Bapak mencari pekerjaan sebagai sopir, ya?

Betul, Bu. Saya sudah bicara dengan Ibu melalui telepon kemarin. Ibu minta saya datang hari ini untuk bertemu de-ngan Ibu.

O ya. Betul. Maaf, Pak. Saya lupa Ba-pak akan datang pagi ini. Silakan du-duk.

Lesson 75

Terima kasih, Bu. Apakah Ibu sudah membaca riwayat hidup dan informasi yang lain dalam surat lamaran saya?

Sudah, Pak. Tetapi saya mau bertanya dulu tentang pendidikan Bapak. ApakahBapak tamat Sekolah Menengah Atas?

Tidak, Bu. Saya pernah belajar di tingkatsekolah menengah di SMA Guna Utama di Bandung pada tahun 1995, tetapi saya tidak tamat.

Apakah Bapak belajar bahasa Inggris pada waktu itu?

Ya, Bu. Saya mengambil mata pelajaran bahasa Inggris dan ilmu ekonomi.

Apakah Bapak lulus bahasa Inggris de-ngan hasil yang baik?

Saya lulus bahasa Inggris, Bu, tetapi ha-sil saya kurang bagus. Saya dapat ber-bahasa Inggris, tetapi terus terang, Bu, bahasa Inggris saya masih kurang baik.

O begitu. Lalu, sebelum Bapak melamarpekerjaan di perusahaan ini, di mana Bapak bekerja?

Saya menjadi sopir untuk seorang asing selama tiga tahun. Sesudah itu saya be-kerja sebagai sopir bis selama dua ta-hun. Tahun yang lalu saya menjadi sopirtaksi.

O begitu. Lalu, mengapa Bapak tidak lagi mengendarai taksi sekarang?

Karena saya tidak suka bekerja pada malam hari, Bu.

Hmmm. Apakah Bapak bersedia bekerjapada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu?

Bersedia, Bu. Bersedia sekali. Kalau perlu, saya dapat bekerja tujuh hari se-minggu.

Bagus. Sekarang, apakah Bapak mau bertanya kepada saya tentang pekerja-an ini?

Ya. Terima kasih. Saya ingin bertanya, kalau Ibu menerima saya, apa tugas saya nanti? Apa yang harus saya laku-kan?

Bapak harus mengendarai mobil kantor.Bapak juga harus membersihkan dan merawat mobil itu dengan baik.

O begitu. Baik. Saya kira saya dapat melakukan tugas itu. O ya, jam berapa saya harus masuk setiap hari?

Biasanya para sopir masuk kira-kira jamtujuh pagi, dan pulang kira-kira jam limasore. O ya, Bapak minta gaji berapa?

Aduh, Bu. Terserah Ibu. Saya tidak per-nah berpikir tentang gaji, asal saja saya dapat bekerja.

Baik. Saya kira sudah cukup, Pak. Saya akan mengirim surat kepada Bapak be-sok tentang pekerjaan ini.

Terima kasih, Bu. Saya minta diri dulu. Permisi.

Now check your understanding of this dialogue by doing Latihan 4–5.

Role Play: An Interview for a Job

You have a host of resources from this lesson, Lesson 74, and other lessons that you can useto help you role play a job interview. Choose an occupation, for example sekretaris, dokter, karya-

Lesson 75

wan toko, dosen, pegawai kantor, sopir bis, guru sekolah menengah, insinyur, tukang kebun, kar-yawan pabrik, tukang masak.

With a fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, conduct an extended, detailed interview for ajob. Adapt the dialogue above to the occupation you choose and borrow plenty of material fromprevious lessons. Flesh out your characterisation by adding your own, very personal, touches,making sure that the language you use is scrupulously correct.

Repeat the role play several times, fleshing it out and adding more personal detail with each re-petition while striving for greater correctness and smoothness. Then swap roles with your partner.

When you feel satisfied that you can play both roles well and can sustain the interview for anextended times, choose a new occupation (and perhaps a new identity for yourself and your part-ner) and repeat the interview again.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu 1

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

gaji declaration surat kabar to receive, to acceptketerangan salary terus-terang newspaperselesai as tugas interested inpara curriculum vitae bersedia to ask a questionperusahaan plural marker bertanya be willing toriwayat hidup company menerima to be honestsebagai finished tertarik task, duties

Latihan 2—Surat Lamaran

1. What of the following is included in the above letter? Select 5 (five).A. Nomor telepon pengirim suratB. Nama penerima suratC. Isi suratD. Riwayat hidup pengirimE. Nama pengirimF. Ucapan terima kasihG. Nomor telepon penerima suratH. Tempat dan tanggal suratI. Alamat pengirim surat

Latihan 3—Isian

Tulis kepanjangan (long form) dari singkatan dan akronim berikut:

1. Kepada yang terhormat: Bpk. Agus Winarno. Bpk: .....................................................

2. Dia tinggal di Jl. Katamso. Jl: ........................................................

Lesson 75

3. Saya lahir pada tgl 16 November. tgl: .......................................................

4. Mereka bekerja di PT. Kencana Laksana. PT: .......................................................

5. Kami akan bekerja di sana s/d bulan Juli. s/d: ......................................................

6. Anak itu berasal dari NTT. NTT: ....................................................

7. Lusi akan pergi ke NTB minggu depan. NTB: ....................................................

Latihan 4—Pemahaman

Bacalah percakapan antara Pak Agus dan Ibu Nurida dalam “Wawancara Melamar Pekerjaan” lalu jawab pertanyaan berikut.

1. Apakah Ibu Nurida tahu bahwa Pak Agus akan datang hari ini?A. Iya, dia tahu karena dia kepala perusahaan itu.B. Tidak, dia tidak tahu karena dia tidak tahu Pak Agus.C. Iya, dia tahu tapi dia lupa.D. Tidak, dia tidak tahu tapi dia kenal Pak Agus.

2. Pak Agus bertemu dengan Ibu Nurida untuk apa?A. Untuk memberikan surat lamaran pekerjaan.B. Untuk bertanya apakah di perusahaan itu ada lowongan pekerjaan.C. Untuk mengobrol dengan Ibu Nurida.D. Untuk wawancara pekerjaan.

3. Apakah Pak Agus pernah kuliah?A. Iya, dia pernah kuliah.B. Tidak, dia tidak pernah kuliah.C. Tidak ada dalam teks.

4. Pak Agus sudah pernah bekerja berapa lama?A. lima tahunB. kurang dari lima tahunC. lebih dari lima tahun

5. Apakah Pak Agus bisa bekerja setiap hari?D. Iya, dia bisa bekerja setiap hari apalagi malam hari.E. Iya, dia bisa bekerja setiap hari.F. Tidak, dia tidak bisa bekerja setiap hari.G. Tidak, dia tidak bisa bekerja setiap hari apalagi malam hari.

6. Apakah Pak Agus sudah tahu tugasnya sebelum dia bertemu Ibu Nurida?A. Iya, dia sudah tahu tugasnya.B. Belum, dia belum tahu tugasnya.

7. Apakah Pak Agus jadi bekerja di perusahaan itu?A. Iya, dia diterima bekerja di perusahaan itu.B. Tidak, dia tidak diterima di perusahaan itu.C. Tidak ada dalam teks.

Lesson 75

Latihan 5—Isian

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bersedia—kira—lamaran—lulus—lupa—mata—melakukan—melalui—mengendarai—pendidikan—riwayat hidup—selama—tentang—terserah—terus terang—tugas

Permisi, Bu. Boleh saya masuk?

Silakan, silakan. Bapak mau bertemu dengan siapa?

Dengan Ibu. Saya ingin berbicara dengan Ibu tentang ________ yang sudahsaya kirim kepada Ibu.

O ya. Memang. Saya sudah menerima surat Bapak. Bapak mencari pekerjaansebagai sopir, ya?

Betul, Bu. Saya sudah bicara dengan Ibu __________ telepon kemarin. Ibuminta saya datang hari ini untuk bertemu dengan Ibu.

O ya. Betul. Maaf, Pak. Saya __________ Bapak akan datang pagi ini. Silakanduduk.

Terima kasih Bu. Apakah Ibu sudah membaca __________ dan informasi yanglain dalam surat lamaran saya?

Sudah, Pak. Tetapi saya mau bertanya dulu tentang __________ Bapak. Apa-kah Bapak tamat Sekolah Menengah Atas?

Tidak, Bu. Saya pernah belajar di tingkat sekolah menengah di SMA GunaUtama di Bandung pada tahun 1995, tetapi saya tidak tamat.

Apakah Bapak belajar bahasa Inggris pada waktu itu?

Ya, Bu. Saya mengambil pelajaran bahasa Inggris dan ilmu ekonomi.

Apakah Bapak lulus bahasa Inggris dengan hasil yang baik?

Saya __________ bahasa Inggris, Bu, tetapi hasil saya kurang bagus. Saya da-pat berbahasa Inggris, tetapi __________, Bu, bahasa Inggris saya masih ku-rang baik.

O begitu. Lalu, sebelum Bapak melamar pekerjaan di perusahaan ini, di manaBapak bekerja?

Saya menjadi sopir untuk seorang asing __________ tiga tahun. Sesudah itusaya bekerja sebagai sopir bis selama dua tahun. Tahun yang lalu saya men-jadi sopir taksi.

Lesson 75

O begitu. Lalu, mengapa Bapak tidak lagi __________ taksi sekarang?

Karena saya tidak suka bekerja pada malam hari, Bu.

Hmmm. Apakah Bapak __________ bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu?

Bersedia, Bu. Bersedia sekali. Kalau perlu, saya dapat bekerja tujuh hari se-minggu.

Bagus. Sekarang, apakah Bapak mau bertanya kepada saya tentang pekerja-an ini?

Ya. Terima kasih. Saya ingin bertanya, kalau Ibu menerima saya, apa _______saya nanti? Apa yang harus saya lakukan?

Bapak harus mengendarai mobil kantor. Bapak juga harus membersihkan danmerawat mobil itu dengan baik.

O begitu. Baik. Saya kira saya dapat __________ tugas itu. O ya, jam berapasaya harus masuk setiap hari?

Biasanya para sopir masuk kira-kira jam tujuh pagi, dan pulang kira-kira jamlima sore. O ya, Bapak minta gaji berapa?

Aduh, Bu. __________ Ibu. Saya tidak pernah berpikir tentang gaji, asal sajasaya dapat bekerja.

Baik. Saya __________ sudah cukup, Pak. Saya akan mengirim surat kepadaBapak besok __________ pekerjaan ini.

Terima kasih, Bu. Permisi dulu.

Latihan 6—Kosa Kata

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

asal head bersedia up to [you]

iklan advertisement menerima interested

kepala attention perusahaan duty, task

lupa on condition that terserah be willing to

melalui to drive tertarik accept

mengendarai to forget tugas company

perhatian by, through wawancara interview

Lesson 75

Latihan 7—Rangkai Kata

Urutkanlah kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar.

1. “I want to apply for a job in your company.”Saya—perusahaan—melamar—ingin—pekerjaan—di—Bapak.

2. “Did you pass with a good mark?”Apakah—dengan—yang—lulus—Bapak—nilai*—baik?

3. “Did you complete high school?”Apakah—menengah—sekolah—tamat—Bapak—atas?

4. “What task should I do?”Tugas—apa—saya—harus—yang—kerjakan**?

5. “Are you willing to work on Saturdays and Sundays?”Apakah—Bapak—bekerja—bersedia—hari Sabtu—pada—dan—hari Minggu?

6. “Have you ever worked as a driver?”Apakah—Bapak—sebagai—bekerja—pernah—sopir?

*nilai = grade **do, carry out

Lesson 76

Memilih Karyawan Baru

Aims

• To practise using several important terms to make comparisons and judgements • To role play a job interview and debate the merits of the applicants for a job.

Vocabulary Review

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous les-sons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

ahli expert masyarakat community, societyberpengalaman be experienced memelihara to keep, take care ofbersedia be willing to memilih to choosebidang field of study memimpin to leadcucu grandchild mengendarai to drive a car, to ridekalah defeated pembantu assistant, maidkambing goat sulit difficultkeren cool, stylish tugas duty, taskkesehatan health umum general, public

More on Making Comparisons and Judgements

The Indonesian Way has already provided you with a box of language tools that you can use tomake comparisons and judgements. Let’s bring out the main items in this toolbox and reviewthem in brief. The key words are lebih, terlalu, kalah, kurang, cukup, sama and paling.

�� Lebih (more, -er)Saya kira Pak Wayan lebih ahli.I think Mr. Wayan is more expert.Ibu Maria lebih tua daripada Saudara Nur.Mrs. Maria is older than Miss Nur.Ada lebih banyak orang di desa Simpang daripada di desa Baun.There are more people in the village of Simpang than in the village of Baun.Pak Wayan sudah tua tetapi Pak Dendy lebih tua lagi. Mr. Wayan is old, but Mr. Dendy is even older.

76

Lesson 76

�� Terlalu (too)Saya kira Saudara Nur terlalu muda.I think Miss Nur is too young.Dia berbicara terlalu banyak!He talks too much!

�� Kalah (to lose, to be defeated, to lose out in comparison with…)Menurut pendapat saya Ibu Maria kalah dengan Pak Dendy.In my opinion, Mrs. Maria is not as good as Mr. Dendy.Sebagai pegawai kantor, Pak Wayan sama sekali tidak kalah dengan Bu Maria.As an office worker, Mr. Wayan is in no way inferior to Mrs. Maria.Ibu Maria kalah cepatnya dengan Pak Wayan.Mrs. Maria is not as quick as Mr. Wayan.Yusuf tidak kalah pintar dengan Agus.Yusuf is by no means less smart than Agus.

�� Kurang (not _____ enough, not really ______)Ibu Maria kurang berpengalaman kalau dibandingkan dengan Pak Dendy.Mrs. Maria is not experienced enough compared with Mr. Dendy.Menurut saya, Pak Dendy kurang pandai mengurus keuangan.In my opinion, Mr. Dendy is not really good at handling finances.

�� Cukup (quite, fairly)Dia menulis buku informasi tentang kesehatan masyarakat yang cukup berguna.He/She has written a book of information on public health that is quite useful.Tugas ini cukup sulit.This task is fairly difficult.

�� Sama (the same, just as _____ as)Saya kira bekerja di desa dan bekerja di kota hampir sama.I think working in the country and working in the city are almost the same.Pak Wayan sama ahlinya dengan Bu Maria.Mr. Wayan is just as expert as Mrs. Maria.

�� Paling (the most ______, more than anything else)Siapa yang paling rajin, Pak Wayan atau Bu Maria?Who is the most conscientious, Mr. Wayan or Mrs. Maria?Sdr Nur paling suka bekerja dengan anak kecil.Miss Nur likes working with children more than anything else. Saya memilih Saudara Nur. Dia yang paling ramah!I am choosing Miss Nur. She is the most friendly!Paling sedikit harus ada dua orang yang melakukan tugas ini.There needs to be at least two people who do this job.

Lesson 76

Exercise 76-01

Translate these English sentences into good, succinct, standard Indonesian. Each of them willuse at least one of the words lebih, terlalu, kalah, kurang, cukup, sama or paling. The sentenceswill echo (but they are not exactly the same as) the model sentences you have studied above. Soif you are in doubt, take another look at the model sentences. One or other of them will help youto frame your answer.

1. There are more primary schools in the city of Medan than in the city of Bukittinggi. 2. This village is too quiet. 3. She is asking for a wage of at least 500,000 a month. 4. He drinks too much alcohol! 5. People say Mr. Wayan is not as good as Mr. Dendy. 6. Mr. Dendy is not expert enough by comparison with Mr. Wayan. 7. Mr. Dendy is happiest taking care of the office finances. 8. Mr. Wayan is better at handling finances than Pak Dendy. 9. Mr. Dendy is just as conscientious as Bu Maria. 10. This work is fairly easy. 11. Miss Nur is not as good as Ibu Maria. 12. I think Mrs. Maria is more experienced. 13. I think teaching in primary school and teaching in secondary school are almost the same. 14. I think Mr. Dendy is too old. 15. I think Miss Nur is the best. 16. In my opinion, Mr. Dendy is not really able to manage sick people. 17. Miss Nur gives assistance that is quite useful. 18. Miss Nur is always cautious, but Mr. Dendy is even more cautious. 19. As a midwife Mrs. Maria is in no way inferior to Miss Nur. 20. Who is the quickest, Miss Nur or Pak Dendy?

Role Play: Assessing the Applicants for a Job

This role play revolves around the assessment of applicants for a job. The vacancy (lowongan)is for the head of a Community Health Centre (Kepala Pusat Kesehatan Masyarakat or Puskesmas)in the small (fictional) village of Simpang in a remote, inland part of Aceh – the province at thenorthern tip of Sumatra. Here is the advertisement for the position.

Lowongan. Pemerintah Provinsi Aceh mencari seorang kepala Pusat Kesehatan Masyarakat(Puskesmas) untuk desa Simpang, 150 kilometer di sebelah selatan kota Banda Aceh. Tugas:

➢ memimpin Puskesmas di desa Simpang ➢ mengurus keuangan Puskesmas ➢ memimpin dan mengatur karyawan Puskesmas

Lesson 76

➢ memilih dan membeli alat-alat kedokteran ➢ membantu dokter-dokter yang bekerja di Puskesmas ➢ memberikan informasi tentang kesehatan kepada orang desa Simpang

Gaji: Tergantung pada ijazah dan pengalaman

And here are the details of the four applicants who have made it to the short list.

Nama Maria Kristanti (Ibu Maria)

Nurul Qomar (Sdr Nur)

Dendy Sukmono (Pak Dendy)

I Wayan Sastra (Pak Wayan)

Jenis Kelamin

perempuan perempuan laki-laki laki-laki

Agama Katolik Islam Islam HinduTempat lahir Jakarta Meulaboh, Aceh Jogjakarta, Jawa Tabanan, BaliUmur 30 20 64 40Status Perkawinan

Belum kawin Belum kawin Sudah kawin, punya enam anak dan tujuh cucu

Sudah kawin, punya tiga anak kecil berumur tiga tahun, dua tahun dan delapan bulan

Gelar / ijazah / tingkat pendidikan

Sarjana kesehatan umum UI (lulus dengan hasil yang sangat baik, skripsi tentang administrasi proyek kesehatan)

Belum pernah kuliah di universitas, tetapi pernah belajar di akademi hukum laut (tidak lulus)

Sarjana Muda Kesehatan Masyarakat (tahun 1980)

Dokter Hewan (Universitas Monash, Melbourne)

Pengalaman kerja

Pernah bekerja sebagai kepala seksi kesehatan mahasiswa di kantor administrasi Universitas Indonesia selama dua tahun

Pernah bekerja selama enam bulan di pusat kesehatan masyarakat di Sorong, Papua sebagai pembantu bidan.

Pernah bekerja selama 30 tahun di pusat kesehatan masyarakat di desa Baun, pulau Timor.

Pernah menjadi kepala pusat penyakit kuda di Melbourne selama tiga tahun. Selama empat tahun menjadi karyawan di laboratorium kesehatan masyarakat di Denpasar.

Ketrampilan khusus / hobi

Pandai berbahasaInggris. Suka memakai pakaian model baru yang keren. Suka ke salon kecantikan.

Pandai berbahasaAceh. Suka membaca Al-Qur’an. Suka membaca buku tentang sejarah Islam.

Pandai mengurus keuangan kantor. Berpengalaman selama 30 tahun melayani orang desa dan membantu para dokter.

Pandai memelihara kuda, sapi, kambing dan ayam. Senang tinggal di desa. Suka menonton film horor. Pandai berbahasa Inggris.

Kekurangan Belum pernah melakukan pekerjaan yang

Belum dapat mengendarai mobil atau sepeda

Belum pandai memakai komputer. Kadang-kadang sakit

Karena punya tiga anak kecil, tidak bersedia bekerja hari

Lesson 76

bersifat praktis dalam bidang kesehatan. Belumpernah tinggal di desa.

motor. Tidak bersedia bekerja pada hari Jumat atau pada malam hari.

jantung dan harus sering beristirahat. Mata kurang baik, kalau membaca harus memakai kaca mata tebal.

Sabtu atau hari Minggu, dan tidak bersedia bekerja padamalam hari.

The role play is in two parts. In the first part, the four short-listed applicants will be interviewedby a committee (panitia) of at least two – maybe as many as six or eight – interviewers. The inter-viewers will ask questions about personal details, education and work experience like those prac-tised in the “dry run” interviews in Lessons 74 and 75. Review these lessons carefully before start-ing the present role play. Each “applicant” must stay in character i.e. answer the interviewers’questions according to the profiles given above. But the “applicants” may – in fact should – add alot of extra detail, provided these extra details do not conflict with the basic profiles given above.The panel should also ask pointed questions that draw out the shortcomings (kekurangan) in theprofile of each applicant. The committee should also ask each applicant if he/she has any ques-tions. The applicants might respond with questions like these (followed by possible answers fromthe committee):

✗ Kalau saya bekerja di Puskesmas di Simpang, gaji saya berapa?Tergantung pada ijazah dan pengalaman kerja Bapak/Ibu. Mungkin kira-kira….

✗ Apakah ada rumah untuk saya di desa Simpang?Ada. Tetapi rumah itu kecil… hanya satu kamar tidur…

✗ Apakah saya harus bersedia bekerja tujuh hari seminggu? Tentu saja. Kalau ada orang desa yang sakit, mungkin Bapak/Ibu harus bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu, juga pada malam hari.

✗ Apakah ada klab malam / mal / bioskop / universitas / pasar swalayan / perpustakaan di Simpang?Universitas? Wah, tidak ada, tetapi ada universitas di Banda Aceh, kira-kira 150 kilometer dari Simpang.

The second part of the role play starts after the four short-listed applicants have been inter-viewed. The committee of interviewers convenes to discuss among themselves the merits of thefour candidates and choose one to fill the position. As you can see from their profiles, each can-didate is well qualified in some respects and very poorly qualified in other respects. None of themis perfect for the job, but an appointment must be made. So any of the four might be appointed,depending on how the committee’s discussion develops.

The committee should discuss: 1. the personal background of each applicant (e.g. age, placeof origin, marital status, gender, hobbies etc.) asking how appropriate/helpful that background isto the job in Simpang; 2. the educational qualifications of each applicant – how advanced and rel-evant are they? 3. their previous work experience, how relevant or useful is it? 4. the shortcom-ings of each applicant – how likely is it that these shortcomings will make it difficult for the applic-ant to do the job successfully.

As they exchange views, many of the committee members’ sentences will begin like this:Bagaimana pendapat Anda? Apakah…Siapa yang paling berpengalaman / baik / ahli…Menurut pendapat saya…Saya kira…Maaf, saya kurang setuju. Saya kira…Wah… saya sama sekali tidak setuju!Tetapi bagaimana dengan…

Lesson 76

In making comparisons, the committee will use the toolbox of words practised earlier in thislesson: lebih, terlalu, kalah, kurang, cukup, sama and paling. Go back and review these words andthe model sentences that accompany them, as well as the questions and answers in Exercise 76-01.

When you have acted the role play several times – each time striving for more detail, more vari-ation, greater correctness, more smoothness and more liveliness – reshuffle roles among themembers of your study group and try the role play again.

Want To Stretch Yourself?

Imagine that you have been contracted to advise personnel managers in business companieson how to conduct job interviews, or perhaps to advise job applicants how to do well in job inter-views using the Indonesian language. Get a video camera (and if you like, editing equipment) andmake two short, impactful videos in Indonesian.

One video will show how a good job interview should go. The other will show how not to dowell in a job interview. The first video should be formal and businesslike. The second should be afarce: let loose your sense of humour.

Initially, you can base the videos on the role play that you have practised in this lesson. Makesure you don’t lapse into English, and make sure that you keep your Indonesian straightforward,correct and roughly within the parameters of vocabulary and grammar that you have studied sofar.

If you succeed in making these “training” videos based on the models and the role play in thislesson, challenge yourself a little more and make similar training videos showing contrasting inter-views for other occupations.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu

Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan.

ahli be willing, prepared kalah difficult

berpengalaman stylish lebih to drive

bersedia experienced memilih to choose

bidang a goat memimpin to lead

cukup health mengendarai a task

kambing a community paling a maid, assistant

keren public, general pembantu an expert

kesehatan field (of study) sulit the most, the ...-est

kurang the same terlalu loose out, defeated

masyarakat less, not … enough tugas too

sama enough, quite... umum more, ...-er

Lesson 76

Latihan 2—Isian

Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: cukup—kalah—kurang—lebih—paling—sama—terlalu

1. Saya rasa rumah ini __________ besar untuk mereka. Mereka hanya empat orang.

2. Bapak Aryo gemuk (fat) sekali. Dia harus __________ banyak berolahraga.

3. Karina masih __________ berpengalaman menulis buku. Saya tidak mengerti tulisannyasama sekali.

4. Ibu Dinda sekretaris yang __________ pandai yang ada di kantor ayah saya.

5. Menurut pendapat saya, rumah Ibu Namira tidak __________ bersih dengan rumah IbuHanifah.

6. Kelihatannya makanan ini __________ enak. Lihat, ada ayamnya besar sekali! Saya inginmencobanya.

7. Saya rasa mobil Ferrari dan Renault __________ cepatnya.

Latihan 3—Menyimak

Listen to Sound File 076-01. You will hear ten sentences. For each of the tensentences an English translation is provided in the right column of the following table.Write the order of the sentences as they appear in the sound file into the left column.

No. English Translation

a. Mr. Wayan is better at handling finances than Pak Dendy.

b. Mr. Dendy is not expert enough by comparison with Mr. Wayan.

c. Mr. Dendy is just as conscientious as Mrs Maria.

d. Mr. Dendy is happiest taking care of the office finances.

e. This work is fairly easy.

f. This village is too quiet.

1 g. There are more primary schools in Medan than in Bukittinggi.

h. He drinks too much alcohol!

i. She is asking for a wage of at least 500.000 a month.

j. People say Mr. Wayan is not as good as Mr. Dendy.

Lesson 76

Latihan 4—Rangkai Kata

Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar sesuai dengan arti:

1. “My father is wealthier than my brother.”Ayah—daripada—lebih—saya—kakak—kaya—saya.

2. “Spiderman movie is as good as Superman movie.”Film Spiderman—sama—bagusnya—dengan—film Superman.

3. “What is the tallest building in the world?”Gedung—paling—yang—di—apa—tinggi—dunia?

4. “I think this cake is sweet enough.”Saya—cukup—ini—rasa—kue—manis.

5. “Andita’s clothes are less fashionable than Satika’s.”Baju Andita—keren—dibandingkan—kurang—dengan—baju Satika.

Latihan 5—Teka Teki Silang (TTS)

Mendatar: 1. a disease7. thick8. more, ...-er10. quite, fairly12. diligent14. practical16. happy18. intelligent19. compared with Menurun: 2. too3. shortcomings4. to lose5. tall6. to take care of9. than11. the most, the -est13. finance15. a horse17. same

Lesson 76

Selamat

Today you have completed the fifth module of «The Indonesian Way». If you feel that you havebenefited from using «The Indonesian Way» and would like to show your appreciation then youcan make a financial contribution to support the further development of «The Indonesian Way» .

Support Us

«The Indonesian Way» is free and will always remain free. In order to further develop TIW, weare dependent on the support of the user community.

Our plans for the future encompass:1) Developing iOS and Android applications2) Replacing the online “Latihan” using technology that is not dependent on Flash.3) Adding another Module consisting of 12 more lessons

This can only be accomplished with your assistance. If, after completing each Module, all ourusers would donate $10, our goal could be accomplished in a short time.

To make a donation please go to http://indonesianway.com/donations/For more learning resources, check out «Indonesian Online» at http://indonesian-online.com. Terima kasih, Mahalo, Thank you

Wordlist

Wordlist for Module 5

Lesson 60berubah (•ubah)   to change, to evolve, to be differentberganti (•ganti)   to have one thing replaced with another, to change (i.e. have

one thing replaced with another)hadiah a gist, present, prizekata kerja   a verbmemukul (•pukul)   to hit someone/something, to strike (with fist, weapon or tool)menerima (•terima)   to receive something, to accept somethingmengantar (•antar)   to take/accompany someone somewhere, to deliver something

or someone to a certain placemengatakan (•kata)   to say somethingmenggoreng (•goreng)   to fry somethingmenghitung (•hitung)   to count something / thingsmengirim (•kirim)   to send somethingmengisi (•isi)   to fill something, to put content into a holder/container/formmenikah (•nikah)   to get married (especially in the sense “to go through a wedding

ceremony”)menutup (•tutup)   to shut something, to close somethingmenyimpan (•simpan)   to store something away, to put something away for

safekeeping, to save/deposit money (e.g. in a bank)merasa (•rasa)   to feel (an emotion), to feel that... (when you are expressing an

opinion)mohon   to ask someone for something (respectfully)pena   a penpénsil   a pencilrasa   a feeling, a sense, a sensation of somethingsedih   sad, to feel sadness

Lesson 61 

kamus   a dictionaryngantuk (•kantuk) J sleepymemotong (•potong)   to cut something, to cut something off to reap (e.g. rice)menanam (•tanam)   to plant something, to grow something (e.g. a crop)mengubah (•ubah)   to change, to alter

Wordlist

padi   rice (as it grows in a paddy field or dry field), a rice plant

Lesson 62 

akuntan   an accountantdokter gigi   a dentistéfisién   efficientgagal   to not succeed, to failibu rumah tangga   a housewifeinsinyur   an engineerjenis   a type, a category, a class of something, a species of

somethingjuru ketik typistkasir cashiermarah   angrymengetik (•ketik)   to typemontir   a mechanicpegawai employee, office workerpegawai negeri   a public servant, a civil servant, one who works in government

administrationpelayan (•layan)   a waiter / waitresspemain (•main)   a playerpemandu wisata tourist guidepengusaha (•usaha)   a businessman, a businesswoman, an entrepreneurrajin   conscientious, industrious, hard-working, disciplined, diligentsebetulnya   actually, to be honest, as a matter of factsepatu   shoessekretaris   a secretarysopir   the driver (of a motor vehicle, usually but not always, the paid

driver)tentara   a soldier, the army, the armed forcesterima telepon   to answer the phone, to take a phone calltugas   the things you have to do (as part of a job), a task, duties,

obligationstukang kayu   a carpentertukang listrik   an electricianwartawan   a journalist, a reporter

Lesson 63 

Bapak   you (term of address for older male person, also for younger person if the situation is very formal)

Ibu   you (term of address for older female person, also for younger person if the situation is very formal)

Wordlist

seniman   an artistékor   tail, a counter-word for animals, birds and insects, used when

you are mentioning a certain number of themmelukis (•lukis)   to paint (a painting)pelukis painter (artist)kepala sekolah   headmaster, principle of a schooltukang masak   a cookbéngkel   workshop, repairshopsapi   cattle, cow, oxorang   counter-word for people, used when you are mentioning a

certain number of human beingspembeli (•beli)   buyer, customerseorang   a, one (when you are counting human beings, or referring to

one person as if he/she represents the whole of a certain group)

Lesson 64 

baru   it is only then that…habis   used up, finished, all gone, exhausted, none leftjarang   rarely, seldom, not oftenkué kering   biscuits, cookiesmakanan kecil (•makan)   snackfoodmengurus (•urus)   to take care of the management/arrangements for something,

to see something (e.g. an application) through the bureaucracyorganisasi   an organisationpembangunan (•bangun)   (economic) developmentprogram   program, a plan of actionrapat   meetingsedikit   a little, a few, not many, not muchsambal   chilli-based side dish, chilli paste or sauceurusan (•urus)   matters requiring attention, affairs (requiring bureaucratic

attention)

Lesson 65 

berobat to consult a physicianberwawancara (•wawancara)   to conduct an interviewibu   a ladymasalah   a problem, a difficulty, an issuemembangun (•bangun)   to build (especially a building/dwelling), to construct somethingmencari uang to earn moneymencari jalan   to look for a way (to do something), to try to find a way (to do

something)orang desa   a villager

Wordlist

setelah   after (a more formal variant of sesudah)

Lesson 66 

abjad   the alphabetéjaan (•éja)   spellinghuruf   a letter (in a alphabet), a script, a writing systemkhusus   special, specific (adjective)peneliti (•teliti)   a researchersekali lagi   once more, once againterima kasih kembali   you’re welcome (responding to someone’s expression of

thanks)tulisan; tulisan tangan   writing, a piece of writing; hand writingucapan (•ucap)   the pronunciation (of a word)

Lesson 67 

atas   above, on top of, upper (when referring to level of education)bawah   under, below, lower (when you are describing something that

has upper and lower parts)berbéda   to differ, to be not the samedasar   basic, fundamental, elementary; the basics, the foundationsdunia   the worldhal   a matter (for thought, consideration, discussion), a thing to be

consideredilmu pengetahuan   sciencekejuruan (•juru)   vocationalkurang banyak   too few, not enoughkurikulum   curriculumlebih dulu   first (i.e. prior to someone / something else)mata pelajaran   a subject (of study at school)milik   the property of…, belonging to, owned bymuatan lokal   local content (especially in school tuition programs)mulai   from (when you are talking about the beginning point of a

certain period of time)negeri   state, government (i.e. pertaining to or owned and run by the

state / government)pendidikan (•didik)   educationsebagian besar   mostsistem   a systemswasta   private (when referring to a school or a company)tanaman (•tanam)   a plant (especially a plant raised on a farm or in a garden)termasuk (•masuk)   included in, including, is a part of

Wordlist

tingkat   a level, a stage (in the upward progress of someone or something)

umum   general (i.e. not particular or specialised); public, the public

Lesson 68 

menengah (•tengah)   middle-level; sekolah menengah a middle-level school (i.e. secondary school)

para; para guru, para karyawan   a marker of a plural noun in certain contexts, especially for professions; the teachers, the staff / the employees

siswa   a school studentfisika   physicscara   a way, the way (to do something); bagaimana caranya? how do

you do it?ketrampilan (•trampil); ketrampilan praktis

  a skill, skills; practical skills

pertanian (•tani)   agricultureberguna (•guna)   useful; tidak berguna untuk… of no use for…usaha tani   an agricultural enterprise, a farming business, a farmberkebun (•kebun)   to garden, to do gardening, to work in the gardenkerbau   a water buffalokambing   a goatlulus   to graduate from a school, to pass an exambersifat (•sifat); mata pelajaran yang bersifat praktis

  [adjective] in nature [adjective] in character; a subject that is practical in nature

mesin   an engine, a machine; mesin mobil a car enginehasil; hasil pertanian   a result, yield, outcome, output, produce; agricultural

output/producemesin cuci   a washing machine

Lesson 69 

perguruan tinggi institution of tertiary educationberbagai   various, all sorts ofbersama-sama   togetherilmu pengetahuan sosial   social sciencesilmu pengetahuan alam   natural sciencepada waktu itu   at that timeSMP (Sekolah Menengah Pertama)   middle schoolSMA (Sekolah Menengah Atas)   high school

Lesson 70 

ahli   a specialist, an expert, expert (adjective)ahli hukum   an expert in law, a lawyer

Wordlist

bibi   an aunt, Aunt (so-and-so)ékonomi pertanian   agricultural economicsgelar   a degree (from a university), a title (especially an aristocratic

title)Katolik   Catholic, a follower of Catholicism, a Catholicke-, yang ke-   the nth (when you are forming ordinal numbers),(yang) kedua   the secondlaboratorium   a laboratorypaman   an uncle, Uncle (so-and-so)sarjana   a university graduate, a scholar, Master of ____ (in a university

degree)sosiologi   sociologytéknik pertanian   agricultural engineering (i.e. the use of machinery in the

planting, harvesting, processing etc. of agricultural products)téknik mesin   mechanical engineering

Lesson 71 

bermasalah (•masalah)   to have a problembuat J for (an informal alternative to untuk) gampang J (an informal variant of mudah) easyjadi J (an informal variant of menjadi) to become, to bekasus   casemikir (•pikir) J (an informal variant of berpikir) to think, to ponder, to give

something some thoughtmilih (•pilih) J (an informal variant of memilih) to choosengebosanin (•bosan) J (the Jakarta variant of membosankan) boringngobrol (•obrol) J (from obrol) to talk about something, to chatnolong (•tolong) J to help (informal variant of menolong)pengacara (•acara)   lawyersama J and (an informal alternative to dan) soal J about (an informal alternative to tentang)soalnya J the thing is (an informal alternative to karena)studi pembangunan   development studiestéknik elektro   electrical engineeringterus J and then (an informal alternative to lalu)

Lesson 72 

bangsawan   an aristocrat, a noblebelum pernah; Kami belum pernah ke sana.

  has/have never ____ (i.e. has/have never ever in the past); We have never been there.

bintang; bintang film   a star (both a star in the sky and a famous person in movies/music/sport etc.); a film star

Wordlist

penari (•tari)   a dancer (in traditional dance or in performance dance)perdana menteri   prime ministersampai sekarang   so farsudah pernah; Apakah Bapak sudah pernah makan keju Belanda?

  has/have ____ (at least once in the past); Have you ever eaten Dutch cheese?

Lesson 73 

belum biasa   not yet used to (doing something), not yet in the habit ofberani   to dare to do something, to have the courage / confidence (to

do something)berbahasa ____; cukup pandai berbahasa Arab

  to be a speaker of (such-and-such a language); quite good at speaking Arabic

berhasil (•hasil)   to be successful, to have success, to succeedkayu jati   teakminuman keras   alcoholic drinkspedagang (•dagang), pedagang sayur   a dealer, a merchant; a vegetable merchantpekerja (•kerja)   a worker (usually used for relatively unskilled workers)pelatih (•latih); pelatih sepak bola   a coach, a trainer; a soccer trainerpemimpin (•pimpin)   a leaderpengajar (•ajar)   an educator, instructor, teacherpengalaman (•alam); pengalaman kerja

  experience; work experience / work record

pengelola (•kelola); pengelola pabrik   a manager; a factory managerpenjual (•jual)   a seller, the vendorpenulis (•tulis); penulis novel   a writer, an author; a novelistpenyanyi (•nyanyi); penyanyi pop   a singer, a pop singerpetugas (•tugas); petugas kantor pos   a functionary, a staffer, a person who is doing a certain task or

job of work, someone who is on duty; a post office stafferrokok   a cigarette, cigarettessudah biasa   now used to, to be used to (doing something)traktor   tractor

Lesson 74 

angka   a figure, figures, digits (i.e. numbers written in numeral form, notwords)

bercerita (•cerita); Dia bercerita bahwa...

  to say, to tell (what happened); She/He said that…

berpengalaman; Dia belum berpengalaman di bidang itu.

  experienced; He/She isn’t experienced yet in that field.

bersedia (•sedia); Mereka tidak bersedia menolong.

  to be willing / prepared (to do something); They are not willing to help.

cewék; Ceweknya cakep banget! J a “chick”, a young woman; She’s a stunna!dua kali; Saya sudah makan dua kali.   twice; I ate twice already.

Wordlist

ganti; Aku mau ganti baju dulu.   to have one thing replaced with another, to change i.e. have one thing replaced with another; I want to get changed first.

kartu; bermain kartu   a card; to play cardskomponén   a component (e.g. in a machine, in society)lamaran; surat lamaran   an application (especially for a job); a letter of applicationmemasang (•pasang)   to install something, to set/put something in place, to fit

something (onto or into something else)ngomong (•omong); Jangan ngomongkayak gitu!

J to say, to talk; Don’t talk like that!

nyanyi J = menyanyi, to singpaling tidak; Paling tidak ada tiga puluh.

  at least (i.e. no less than); There were at least thirty.

resépsionis   a receptionist (in an office, hotel etc.)riwayat hidup   a biography, biodata, a CVsekali; Minum obat ini sekali saja.   once (i.e. one time only, not twice or three times etc.); Drink this

medicine just once.tukang kebun   a gardener

Lesson 75 

asal; Saya bersedia asal kamu membayar.

  provided, on condition that…; I’m prepared to do it provided you pay.

hormat; Dengan hormat,   respect; Dear sir/madam (in formal letters)iklan   an advertisementkepala; kepala kantor   someone’s head, the head (of an enterprise/organisation); head

of an office / office headmelalui; melalui telepon atau surat?   by, through, by way of; By telephone or by letter?melamar (•lamar); melamar pekerjaan sebagai sopir

  to apply for (a job), to formally ask for a woman’s hand in marriage; to apply for a job as a driver

mengendarai (•kendara); mengendaraimobil

  to drive (a motor vehicle); to drive a car

perhatian (•hati); Terima kasih atas perhatian Anda

  attention; Thank you for your attention.

terhormat (•hormat); Kepada yang terhormat

  respected, honourable, of good reputation; To the honourable...

terima kasih atas bantuan Anda   thank you for your assistanceterserah (•serah); Terserah! Saya tidak mau tahu!

  It’s up to you, I leave it to you, It’s over to you; It’s up to you! I don’t want to know!

wawancara   an interview

Lesson 76 

bidan   a midwifedibandingkan; kalau dibandingkan dengan ...

  to be compared; if compared with…

dokter héwan   a veterinary doctor, a vet

Wordlist

film horor   a horror movie/filmhobi   a hobbyijazah   a qualification (usually an educational qualification), a diplomakaca mata; kaca mata hitam   spectacles, eye glasses; sun glasseskekurangan (•kurang); Kota Jakarta kekurangan air minum.

  1 (verb) to be suffering from a lack/shortage of, to be short of; 2 (noun) a shortcoming; Jakarta is short of drinking water.

kuda   a horselowongan; Tidak ada lowongan kerja di kantor ini.

  a vacancy i.e. a job opening; There is no job vacancy in this office.

mata; Matanya biru.   an eye, someone’s eyes; His/Her eyes are blue.melayani; Siapa yang melayani tamu itu?

  to serve someone, to respond to someone’s request for a service; Who is serving that guest?

panitia   a committeepenyakit (•sakit); penyakit AIDS   a disease, a sickness; AIDS / the disease of AIDSpraktis   practical, realistic, convenientPuskesmas   a community health centre (from Pusat Kesehatan Masyarakat)sakit jantung   to have a heart problem, to have heart diseasesalon kecantikan   a beauty salonSarjana Muda   Bachelor of Artsséksi   a section (in an organisation/business etc.), the sales sectionskripsi   a thesis (especially a bachelor-level or master-level thesis)tebal   thick (of objects like books etc.)tergantung (pada); Itu semua tergantung pada kamu.

  to depend (on); All of that depends on you.

Keys to the Exercises

Keys to the Exercises for Module 5

Lesson 60Latihan 2: 1 We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant. 2 Is Mrs Prawoto going to join us for dinner tonight? 3 Sorry,

I’m not really very good at writing in Chinese. 4 They can’t come. 5 Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night. 6 I have begun to study Chemistry. 7 Are you any good at singing? 8 These children can’t read or write yet. 9 He enjoys cooking. 10 I’ve heard they’re going to get married. 11 They usually have fried rice for breakfast. 12 She began her journey in Padang. 13 They didn’t want to apologise. 14 She cooked chicken and vegetables.

Latihan 3: terima; antar; atur; goreng; hitung; kirim; isi; tutup; simpan; ambil; ajar; buka; baca; bawa; buat; beli; bantu; pakai; pilih; panggil; pelihara; pimpin

Latihan 4: mengambil; mengajar; menjual; mencoba; mendengar; melihat; menyimpan; membaca; membuat; mendapat; merasa; menggoreng; membantu; membeli; membawa; mengirim; mengatakan; mencari; menyenangkan; menolong; memanggil; menerima; menutup; memimpin; memilih; memelihara; mencuci; merusak; menarik; menulis; menunggu; menghitung; menjadi; memakai

Latihan 5: 1 Biasanya mahasiswa tidak mau ikut kuliah pada malam hari. 2 Kami suka makan di Restoran Kartika. 3 Dia akan mengambil uang di bank. 4 Sebaiknya mencuci pakaian sebelum siang hari. 5 Biasanya mereka makan nasi goreng pada pagi hari.

Latihan 6: membeli; memakai; menulis; mengatakan; mengirim; mengatur; menghitung; merasa; menyimpan; mengajar; mengantar; menerima; menjadi; menggoreng; melihat; mencuci; merusak; menutup; menolong;menunggu

Latihan 7: mengatakan; memakai; memukul; mengantar; menutup; menyimpan; menerima; mengirim; menggoreng; memanggil

Latihan 8: ingin―wish; suka―like; bisa―can; harus―must; mulai―begin; mau―want; dapat―can; ikut―follow; pandai―good at; boleh―may

Latihan 9: setuju―to agree; mandi―to take a bath; tidur―to sleep, to go to bed; bangun―to get up (out of bed); pergi―to go; datang―to come; terbang―to fly; masuk ― to come in, enter; duduk ―to sit, to sit down; kawin―to get married; berjalan―to walk, travel, to go; berhenti ―to stop, to come to a halt; beristirahat―to rest, to take a break; bermain―to play; berbicara―to speak;

Latihan 10: 1e; 2b; 3d; 4a; 5c; 6m; 7j; 8g; 9h; 10f; 11i; 12k; 13o; 14q; 15n; 16l; 17s; 18t; 19r; 20p.Latihan 11: 1a; 2a; 3b; 4b; 5aLatihan 12: Mendatar: 3 menyimpan; 5 berubah; 6 mengatur; 9 sedih; 10 menerima; 11 menikah; 13 memelihara; 14

ujian; 15 membantu; 17 merasa; 18 mengisi; 19 menghitung; 20 pensil. Menurun: 1 pena; 2 rasa; 4 mengantar; 5 berganti; 7 memakai; 8 mengirim; 12 menjadi; 13 menggoreng; 16 menutup; 17 memukul; 18 mohon

Lesson 61Latihan 2: mengambil; membantu; menyewa; mencari; mengobral; menolong; menghafal; memukul; mengirim;

meralat; mengintip; mengingat; melarang; mendengar; mendatang; mengangkat; membayar; mencegah; menghajar; menjadi; mengenal; memasang; meraba; menata; menitip; menyanyi; mengompas; mengganti

Latihan 3: Left: mengambil; menghafal; mengirim; menguji; Right: menggantung; mengatakan; mengoles; mengelak;menghukum.

Latihan 4: nganga; kena; puji; simpang; olah; nyata; nilai; sapu; elak; tampung; kantuk; ganggu.Latihan 5: ikat; ikuti; impor; inap; ingat; ingatkan; inginkan; kira; kirim; isi; izinkan; obati; obral; obrol; kontrak;

operasi; kuasai; ubahLatihan 6: membersihkan; memanggil; melihat; memakai; menyanyikan; membantu; melakukan; menolong; mengisi;

mengadakan; membayar; memberikan; membuat; menjual; memotong; membunuh; menunggu; memilih; mengatakan; memimpin; memperbaiki; mencuri; menanam; mencium; menerima; mengatur; mencuci; merusak; mendengarkan; mengambil; mengantar; membawa; membuka; menggoreng; menghitung; memukul; membaca; memelihara; mendengar; membeli; mencari; menutup; mengirim; menonton; menulis; mengucapkan; menyimpan; mencoba

Keys to the Exercises

Latihan 7: nyanyikan; lakukan; pakai; tanam; baca; perbaiki; katakan; simpan; pimpin; bantu; kirim; bawa; beli; bersihkan; jual; panggil; goreng; buka; buat; bayar; cari; rusak; isi; hitung; pilih; tulis; adakan; tonton; potong; dengar; ucapkan; bunuh; cium; terima; antar; atur; berikan; tolong; ambil; tutup; pukul; tunggu; pelihara

Latihan 8 Mendatar:1 memotong, 4 membaca, 6 membeli, 7 menunggu, 8 kamus, 9 melihat, 10 menjadi, 11 menjual, 14 membantu, 15 memelihara, 16 memakai. Menurun: 2 memberikan, 3 padi, 5 membayar, 10 melakukan, 12 menanam, 13 membawa.

Lesson 62Latihan 1: 1e; 2h; 3n; 4q; 5a; 6m; 7i; 8b; 9l; 10o; 11f; 12d; 13g; 14c; 15j; 16k; 17p.Latihan 3: 1 pekerjaan; 2 bekerja; 3 suka; 4 bekerja; 5 berapa; 6 ingin/mau; 7sudah; 8Di mana; 9 tugas/pekerjaan;

10 daripada/dariLatihan 4: 1 sawah; 2 uang; 3menjual; 4 orang sakit; 5 bekerja di rumah; 6 rumah makan; 7 taksi; 8 sekolah; 9 surat

kabar; 10 lapangan olahragaLatihan 5: 1 Dia menjadi marah sekarang, 2 Dulu saya (menjadi) guru, tetapi sekarang saya menjadi pengusaha. 3

Tahun berapa Anda menjadi dosen? 4 Tanti ingin sekali menjadi insinyur yang rajin dan efisen. 5. Dulu saya mau menjadi dokter, tetapi saya tidak pandai.

Latihan 6: accountant―akuntan, animal―binatang, dentist―dokter gigi, to fail, to not succeed―gagal, housewife―ibu rumah tangga, engineer―insinyur, a type, kind―jenis, rich―kaya, angry―marah, to type―mengetik, mechanic―montir, public servant―pegawai negeri, waiter, waitress―pelayan, a player―pemain, entrepreneur―pengusaha, hard―working, diligent―rajin, actually, to be honest―sebetulnya, secretary―sekretaris, driver, chauffeur―sopir, soldier, armed forces―tentara, to answer the phone―terima telepon, famous―terkenal, duties, obligations―tugas, carpenter―tukang kayu, electrician―tukang listrik, journalist, reporter―wartawan.

Lesson 63Latihan 2: 1b; 2d; 3c; 4a; 5abc; 6c.Latihan 3: 1 Bukan. Sutrisno (seorang) petani. 2 Bukan. Dia (seorang) tukang masak. 3 Bukan. Dia (seorang) tukang

listrik. 4 Bukan. Pak Sudi (seorang) kasir. 5 Bukan. Pak Tobing (seorang) polisi. 6. Bukan. Dewi (seorang) karyawan pabrik. 7 Bukan. Eko (seorang) tukang kayu. 8 Bukan. Ibu Lestari (seorang) pemandu wisata.

Latihan 4: 1c; 2c; 3b; 4b; 5b; 6c; 7b; 8c; 9b; 10c.Latihan 5: 1 montir; 2 pegawai toko/karyawan toko; 3 petani; 4 dosen; 5 pegawai; 6 wartawan; 7 pemain; 8 sopir; 9

tukang; 10 guru.Latihan 6: 1 tidak; bukan; 2 tidak; bukan; 3 bukan; tidak; 4 tidak; bukan; 5 tidak; 6 bukan; 7 bukan.Latihan 7: 1h; 2i; 3k; 4j; 5g; 6d; 7c; 8e; 9f; 10b; 11a.Latihan 8: 1o; 2c; 3h; 4j; 5l; 6n; 7e; 8d; 9b; 10a; 11g; 12k; 13f; 14m; 15i.

Lesson 64Latihan 2: 1a; 2b; 3a; 4b; 5b; 6b; 7b; 8a; 9c; 10b.Latihan 3: 1a,d,f; 2b; 3d; 4b; 5c; 6d; 7b; 8d; 9b; 10c.Latihan 6: 1b; 2d; 3i; 4g; 5a; 6e; 7c; 8f; 9h.Latihan 7: 1 tidak pernah 2 jarang; 3 kadang-kadang 4 sering 5 selalu.Latihan 8: 1c; 2e; 3b; 4d; 5a; 6g; 7f.Latihan 9: 1j; 2i; 3g; 4d; 5b; 6e; 7f; 8a; 9c; 10h; 11k.Latihan 10: baru―new; rapat―meeting; habis―finished; gone; sambal―chili-based dish; keras―hard; vigorously;

sedikit―a little bit; kue kering―cookies; urusan―matter; makanan kecil―snacks; tidak pernah―never; mengurus―organise; take care of; kadang-kadang―sometimes; organisasi―organisation; biasanya―usually; pembangunan―development; sering―often; selalu―always.

Latihan 11: Mendatar: 1 surat; 4 sedikit; 6 sambal; 8 mengurus; 10 misalnya; 11 rapat; 13 kegiatan; 16 pembangunan;17 baru; 18 selalu; 19 manis; Menurun: 2 urusan; 3 berlibur; 5 menanam; 7 keras; 8 melakukan; 9 sering; 12 beberapa; 14 suami; 15 habis.

Lesson 65Latihan 2: 1 Benar; 2 Salah; 3 Salah; 4 Benar; 5 mencari uang; 6 alat-alat; 7 rapat; 8 masalah.Latihan 5: Mendatar: 3 bersembahyang; 4 bertanya; 6 rapat; 8 lakukan; 10 bangun; 11 ikut; 13 mencari; 14 sebelum;

15 sampai; 16 misalnya; 17 lalu; 18 singgah. Menurun: 1 pembangunan; 2 perempuan; 5 terlalu; 7 menjual; 9 kue; 12 membawa; 13 makanan.

Keys to the Exercises

Lesson 66Latihan 2: 1 a er i ef i en; 2 je a ka a er te a; 3 es u es a en te i; 4 ve a el u te a; 5 ye o ge ye a; 6 en e we ye o er ka; 7

es pe ha i en eks; 8 ka a te a er; 9 er a ka ye a te; 10 a be de u el el a haLatihan 3: 1 TNI, 2 RRC, 3 OPM, 4 TVRI, 5 SH, 6 UI, 7 UGM, 8 VW.Latihan 4: PKB pe-ka-be; RRI er-er-i; HI ha-i; RI er-i; BBM be-be-em; GKI ge-ka-i; PDI pe-de-i; DPR de-pe-er; pln

pe-el-en; RCTV er-ce-te-ve.Latihan 5: Nama Bapak siapa?―What is your name?; Masih baru rumah itu.―That house is still new.; Mau pergi

ke mana Anda?―Where are you going to?; Apa alamat rumah Bapak?―What is your address? Di mana Bapak bekerja?―Where do you work? Di mana Bapak bersekolah dulu?―Where did you go to school? Siapa nama anak Bapak?―What is your child's name? Berapa harganya?―How much does it cost? Bagus sekali bajumu.―Your shirt is very nice.

Latihan 6: Mendatar: 2 mengucapkan; 4 peneliti; 8 ucapan. Menurun: 1 bersekolah; 3 abjad; 5 tulisan; 6 huruf; 7 ejaan.

Lesson 67

Latihan 2: 1e; 2d; 3a; 4c; 5b; 6k; 7h; 8j; 9g; 10f; 11i.Latihan 3: 1b; 2b; 3a; 4c; 5c; 6c; 7d; 8c.Latihan 4: 1b; 2a; 3a; 4a; 5b; 6a; 7a; 8b;9b; 10bLatihan 6: 1 sebelum; 2 sebelum itu/sebelumnya; 3 di atas; 4 di bawah; 5

sesudah; 6 di bawah; 7 sesudah itu; 8 di atas; 9 di bawah; 10 sebelum.

Latihan 7: 1h; 2g; 3a; 4b; 5c; 6e; 7d; 8f.Latihan 8: Sebelum bersembahyang saya selalu mandi dulu. 2 Sesudah

pulang Sarah makan dengan suaminya. 3 Sesudah itu baru saya akan membeli HP. 4. Pesawat terbang lewat di atas pulau kecil. 5 Saya sekarang bersekolah di Sekolah Dasar Kemiri.

Latihan 9: 1c; 2d; 3g; 4f; 5h; 6e; 7a; 8c.Latihan 10: 1l; 2 k; 3a; 4h; 5b; 6c; 7f; 8e; 9d; 10g; 11j; 12i.Latihan 11: 1c; 2j; 3b; 4i; 5l; 6g; 7f; 8d; 9a; 10h; 11e; 12k.

L 12:

Lesson 68Latihan 2: 1c; 2b 3a; 4c.Latihan 3: 1c; 2d; 3abc; 4a; 5a.Latihan 4: 1b; 2b; 3a;4a;5b; 6b; 7a; 8a; 9a; 10a.Latihan 7: 1c; 2a; 3j; 4f; 5b; 6i; 7h; 8e; 9d; 10g.Latihan 8: 1e; 2c; 3h; 4b; 5d; 6g; 7i; 8f; 9a; 10q; 11l; 12n; 13p 14j; 15m; 16o; 17k.Latihan 9: Mendatar: 5 selesai; 6 montir; 7 asing; 8 kambing; 11 umum; 13 sebagai; 14 menjual; 15 sebagai; 16

menjual; 17 petani; 18 kerbau. Menurun:1 menengah; 2cara; 3 pandai; 4 tinggi; 9 berkebun; 10 dunia; 12 mengetik.

Lesson 69Latihan 2: 1a; 2c; 3abc; 4c; 5b; 6b; 7ab; 8c.Latihan 3: 1a; 2b; 3a; 4a; 5b; 6b; 7a; 8a; 9b; 10b.Latihan 4: hampir; memberikan; berbagai; harus; mereka; memilih; mahasiswa; pengetahuan; pertanian; belajar;

juga; asing; menjadi.Latihan 5: mempunyai; negeri; terkena; seperti; pariwisata; mendidik; pemerintah; menjadi; perguruan; termasuk.Latihan 6: 1B; 2C; 3B; 4C; 5B; 6B; 7C; 8D; 9B; 10A.Latihan 7: 1D; 2A; 3A; 4B; 5C; 6D; 7A; 8A; 9D; 10B; 11D; 12B; 13B.Latihan 8: not ___; not really ___; extremely ___; pretty, quite; ___ enough; not ___ at all, completely not ___; not

really very ___.Latihan 9: u i; es em a; u ge em; i te be; u i i; es te a en; u ka i; te en i; u ka es we; i ka je.Latihan 10: field (of enterprise, study, etc.); medicine; health; industry; related to government agencies; institute,

social institution; finance, finances; particular, specialist; government department; academy; institute; firstof all.

Latihan 11: to educate, to train; engineering; to obtain; higher education, universities; Indonesia's state philosophy; student, learner; the last, i.e. final one in series; polytechnic, vocational/trade college; officer in the armed

Keys to the Exercises

forces; college of higher education; project.Latihan 12: Mendatar: 1 memperoleh; 3 muda; 6 kesehatan; 7 bidang; 8 terlalu; 10 kedokteran; 13 hampir; 15

termasuk; 16 lembaga; 17 kedinasan; 18 khusus; 19 berumur; Menurun: 1 memberikan; 2 mendidik; 4 agama; 5 keuangan; 9 berguna; 11 terakhir; 12 membantu; 14 teknik.

Lesson 70Latihan 2: 1d; 2c; 3c; 4a; 5a.Latihan 3: 1b; 2cd; 3a; 4a; 5b; 6c; 7b.Latihan 4: 1a; 2abd; 3abce; 4be; 5ab; 6abd; 7c; 8b.Latihan 5: 1 hari; 2 kurang; 3 sastra; 4 Islam; 5 pengusaha; 6 Ambon; 7 Semarang; 8 pabrik; 9 nenek; 10 tenis.Latihan 7: 1 orang yang pertama; 2 ujian yang keempat; 3 tahun yang ketiga; 4 kata yang kelima; 5 kerbau yang

kedua; 6 sekolah yang kedelapan; 7 minggu yang ketujuh; 8 bulan yang kesepuluh; 9 anak yang kedua puluh tujuh; 10 petani yang keseribu.

Latihan 8: 1 Pada tahun (yang) kedua saya memperoleh/mendapatkan pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani. 2 Sampaisekarang saya masih bekerja di kantor itu. 3 Saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik.

Latihan 9: 1g; 2d; 3m; 4o; 5p; 6j; 7h; 8l; 9n; 10k; 11f; 12a; 13i 14c; 15b; 16e; 17s; 18q; 19t; 20r.

Lesson 71Latihan 2: 1c; 2a; 3c; 4c; 5c; 6d.Latihan 3: lahir; selama; hukum; tertarik; pengacara; kuliah; membosankan; kasus-kasus; tamat; Bantuan;

bermasalah.Latihan 4: lahir; ambil; kepingin; O gitu; ngebosanin; soalnya; soal; abis; sih; nolong.Latihan 5: milih; kerja; terus; jadi; soalnya; mikir; ngebosanin; buat; ngobrol; nolong; sama; soal; gampang.Latihan 6: assistance; case; to have a problem; lawyer; development studies; electrical engineering; to choose;

boring; to help; to become; to be born.Latihan 7: 1. Mengapa Bapak mengambil mata kuliah Hukum? 2. Menurut pendapat Anda, apakah pelajaran Sejarah

menarik? 3. Aku pindah ke Jakarta menjadi pengacara di LBH.Latihan 8: Mendatar: 1 gampang; 4 ngobrol; 6 sama; 10 ngebosanin; 11 jadi; 12 terus. Menurun: :2 milih; 3 nolong;

5 buat; 6 soalnya; 7 soal; 8 kerja; 9 mikir.

Lesson 72Latihan 2: 1a; 2g; 3e; 4b; 5h; 6c; 7d; 8f.Latihan 3: 1 Apakah Toni pernah bekerja pada malam hari? 2 Apakah Bapak Haryanto pernah belajar memperbaiki

mobil? 3. Apakah Kartika pernah berbelanja di pasar di dekat rumahnya? 4. Apakah Ibu Tuti pernah mengajar di sekolah menengah pertama? 5 Apakah Ria pernah menulis untuk surat kabar?

Latihan 4: 1 Seribu sembilan ratus empat puluh delapan/Sembilan belas empat delapan; 2d; 3b; 4b; 5 Seribu sembilan ratus tujuh puluh delapan./Sembilan belas tujuh delapan; 6d; 7c; 8b; 9c; 10a.

Latihan 6: 1 Dia belum pernah membaca novel berbahasa Indonesia. 2 Dia sudah pernah menulis berita tentang lingkungan. 3 Apakah kamu pernah membangun rumah di desa? 4 Sampai sekarang saya belum pernah pergi ke Jepang. 5 Saya kira dia belum pernah belajar berenang.

Latihan 7: 1b; 2c; 3c; 4d; 5b.Latihan 8: Mendatar: 2 novel; 3 memakai; 7 berkunjung; 8 belajar; 9 mengajar; 13 koran; 14 membangun;

15 bintang; 16 pernah; 17 menari; 18 membaca. Menurun: 1 terkenal; 4 mengetik; 5 bekerja; 6 dulu; 8 belum; 10 menulis; 11 wartawan; 12 majalah.

Lesson 73Latihan 2: 1 mechanic; 2 village head; 3 teacher; 4 farmer; 5 dentist; 6 university student; 7 waiter/waitress; 8

journalist; 9 engineer.Latihan 3: 1 pedagang; 2 pekerja; 3 pelatih; 4 pemimpin; 5 pengajar; 6 pelajar; 7 pengelola; 8 penjual;9 9penulis; 10

penyanyi; 11 petugas; 12 perenang.Latihan 4: ahli hukum; bahasa Jepang; sekolah dasar; taman nasional; pegawai negeri; rumah sakit; surat kabar;

tukang becak; sopir truk.Latihan 5: 1 dengan hati-hati; 2 sudah biasa; 3 belum pandai; 4 berani mengajar; 5 dapat melayani; 6 dapat

membuat; 7 dengan cepat.Latihan 6: 1. Saya sudah biasa bekerja pada hari Minggu. 2. Saya belum berani mengajar pada tingkat sekolah

menengah. 3. Karena dia berusaha keras, akhirnya dia berhasil. 4. Apakah Anda pernah menjadi tentara atau polisi?

Latihan 7: Mendatar: 3 pemimpin; 6 pengalaman; 7 penyanyi; 9 pelatih; 10 penulis; 11 pekerja; 12 rokok; 13

Keys to the Exercises

pedagang. Menurun: 1 biasa; 2 belum; 4 berbahasa; 5 penjual; 6 pengajar; 8 pengelola; 9 petugas.

Lesson 74Latihan 1: ama-bersama; bikin-membuat; cakep-cantik (but also used for men); cuma-hanya; duit-uang; kasi-

memberi; kok-kenapa; lu-kamu; lumayan-cukup; udah-sudah.Latihan 2: 1e; 2a; 3g; 4b; 5h; 6c; 7d; 8f.Latihan 3: 1e; 2h; 3a; 4b; 5c; 6g; 7f; 8d.Latihan 4: 1b 2b 3c 4a 5c.Latihan 5: bekerja; perusahaan; HP; seminggu; selama; gaji; pabrik.Latihan 6: 1 seratus; 2 sepuluh; 3 seribu; 4 sejuta / satu juta; 5 seorang / satu orang; 6 sekali / satu kali; 7

seminggu / satu minggu; 8 sekilogram / sekilogram / satu kilo / sekilo.Latihan 7: angka; bercerita; berpengalaman; bersedia; cewek; dua kali; diganti; Jumlah; kartu; nyanyi; ngomong;

tukang kebun.Latihan 8: 1.Saya pernah bekerja sebagai sekretaris. 2. Pada waktu itu saya bekerja lima hari seminggu. 3. Biasanya

Pak Mahmud berkunjung ke Australia dua kali setahun. 4. Berapa gaji Anda sebulan? 5. Saya biasanya main bulu tangkis tiga kali seminggu.

Latihan 9: Mendatar: 1 kartu; 5 cewek; 6 ganti; 8 sekali; 10 memasang; 11 jumlah; 12 nyanyi. Menurun: 2 angka; 3 berpengalaman; 4 bersedia; 7 bercerita; 9 ngomong.

Lesson 75Latihan 2: BCEFH.Latihan 3: 1 Bapak; 2 Jalan; 3 tanggal; 4 Perseroan Terbatas; 5 sampai dengan; 6 Nusa tenggara Timur; 7 Nusa

Tenggara Barat.Latihan 4: 1c; 2d; 3b; 4c; 5b; 6b; 7c.Latihan 6: asal―on condition that; kepala―head; bersedia―be willing to; terserah―up to [you];

iklan―advertisement; menerima―to accept; tertarik―interested; perhatian―attention; perusahaan―company; tugas―duty, task; lupa―to forget; melalui―by, through; mengendarai―to drive; wawancara―interview.

Latihan 7: 1. Saya ingin melamar pekerjaan di perusahaan Bapak. 2. Apakah Bapak lulus dengan nilai yang baik? 3. Apakah Bapak tamat Sekolah Menengah Atas? 4. Tugas apa yang harus saya kerjakan? 5. Apakah Bapakbersedia bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu? 6. Apakah Bapak pernah bekerja sebagai sopir?

Lesson 76Latihan 2: 1 terlalu; 2 lebih; 3 kurang; 4 paling; 5 kalah; 6 cukup; 7 sama.Latihan 3: 1g; 2f; 3i; 4h; 5j; 6b; 7d; 8a; 9c; 10e.Latihan 4: 1 Ayah saya lebih kaya daripada kakak saya. 2 Film Spiderman sama bagusnya dengan film Superman. 3

Gedung apa yang paling tinggi di dunia? 4 Saya rasa kue ini cukup manis. 5 Baju Andita kurang keren dibandingkan dengan baju Satika.

Latihan 5: Mendatar: 1 penyakit; 7 tebal; 8 lebih; 10 cukup; 12 rajin; 14 praktis; 16 senang; 18 pandai; 19 dibandingkan. Menurun: 2 terlalu; 3 kekurangan; 4 kalah; 5 tinggi; 6 mengurus; 9 daripada; 11 paling; 13 keuangan; 15 kuda; 17 sama.